Issuu on Google+

2011 Edition

PROJECTS

STORAGE PRODUCTS

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

www.storage-design.co.uk info@storage-design.co.uk

01446 772614

catalogue sales team

MATERIALS HANDLING

2011 Edition

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

SITE & SECURITY

WORKSHOP, STORAGE & MATERIALS HANDLING

CATALOGUE


MEETING THE DEMANDS OF

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

THE WORKING WORLD Solutions for Industry & Commerce... • This catalogue is the place to source all your equipment needs.

• With sensible prices, high quality products and great service all combining to provide the solutions to your business needs.

Storage Design Limited Recognising Needs

Our depth of knowledge and experience of industrial and working practices helps us to recognise the particular needs of our customers.

Giving Service

We are able to offer you a single source of supply for all your business needs. The service you can expect from our company is always at one level - the highest!

Quality + Value

This catalogue contains an extensive range of products the majority of which are recognised as the leaders and the best in the market place. The products in this catalogue are excellent value for money and are designed and manufactured to meet the demands of the workplace today.

Looking after our Customers

Our aim is to provide you with a solution to your individual needs. If you require something which is not featured in this catalogue you can be assured that we have the expertise and knowledge on hand to help you source that elusive specialised product.

Adding value...Offering Solutions...

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC001

14/12/10

15:19

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011 EDITION

2011

CONTENTS

If you require something which is not featured in this catalogue you can be assured that we have the expertise and knowledge on hand to help you source that elusive specialised product

PROJECTS

2-17

STORAGE PRODUCTS

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

18-89

90-123

MATERIALS HANDLING

124-191

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

192-223

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

224-247

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

248-295

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

296-325

SITE & SECURITY

326-356

TERMS & CONDITIONS, INDEX

357-360

186 Mobile Scissor Tables

100 Packaging Machines

348 Key Cabinets

226 Hazardous Storage

61 Stacker Boxes

325 Ladders

1 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC002

14/12/10

15:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

MEZZANINE FLOORS

Use the height of your building to

double your space Our mezzanine floors provide high quality, extremely cost effective space in areas that are often never used. When an organisation expands and the need for extra space is crucial, people naturally think of expanding outwards. Don’t do the same! Think cubic space, not floor space. Mezzanine floors offer cost savings that can be enormous when compared to the alternative options.

Mezzanine floors are ideal for retail, storage, office,

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

production areas, canteens, plant support and more!

Full building regulations application made on your behalf

Fire rated designs and column casings

Detailed site survey carried out by qualified project engineers

Handrail and gate systems also available

Structures designed to BS6399, BS5950, BS449 and the latest

Fast, efficient installations by our own experienced

building regulations

mezzanine installation teams

Structure conforms to SEMA and DETR approved guidelines

Floors are fully demountable and easily relocated

2 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC003

14/12/10

15:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MEZZANINE FLOORS PROJECTS

Retail Floors

✓ ✓ ✓

Raised platform structures are being increasingly used for expanding a sales area within a retail unit. Floors can be seamlesly incorporated in the retail area. Back of store storage floors are frequently required.

Commercial Floors

✓ ✓

Storage and office space can be accommodated. Wholesale distribution centres can double floor space as opposed to relocation.

Storage Floors

As well as providing raised working areas within existing buildings for increasing production facilities, floors are readily built around larger products, allowing operators to work easily at an elevated level.

Multi Tier Floors

✓ ✓

High cost premises, for example cold stores, find that our mezzanines make excellent use of the volume of the building. Multi tier maxamise very high warehouses and buildings.

3 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC004

14/12/10

15:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

MEZZANINE LIFTS

Mezzanine Goods Lift The Mezzanine Goods Lift is designed to integrate with a Mezzanine floor system as a means of transporting goods between levels

Call Us For A Free Site Survey And Quotation!

The Mezzanine Goods Lift is surface mounted, therefore no pit is required and building work is kept to a minimum. The lift is available with a range of platform sizes to suit most applications and with its short ramp it can be loaded with ease. The Mezzanine Goods Lift is safer than using a forklift truck to raise goods to a second level and it is cheaper than an elevator or lift. The lift is also compliant with all relevant directives.

HEAVY DUTY MODEL

✓The lift will be constructed using a double mast which will be self supporting or supported by the mezzanine floor and bolted to the floor

✓Platform will measure approximately 1500mm

wide by 1500mm deep and will close down over the legs (60mm lowered height)

✓Total raised height of up to 5000mm ✓The platform will feature 1100mm high rails on

all sides and an outwards opening gate. The gate will lock with a gravity system but will also be sensed to prevent platform movement if the gate is open

✓At the top level, the lift height will be governed by a limit switch system to ensure that the platform parks with the floor

✓The platform will be supplied with a loading ramp, 1350mm wide x 600mm long

✓The hydraulic power pack and electrical system will be mounted to the mast and the electrical system will be housed in a separate wall mounted box at ground level

✓Control points will be positioned at both levels. All points will feature latching call buttons and emergency stop controls

✓Power requirement for the lift: 415V

3 phase + Neutral via 16amp isolator (supplied by customer)

✓Motor specification: 0.8kw 3 phase 415v with 3ltr reservoir

✓Maximum lift capacity will be 600kg

4 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC005

14/12/10

13:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MEZZANINE LIFTS PROJECTS

LIGHT DUTY MODEL

✓The lift will be constructed using a single mast which will be self supporting and bolted to the floor

✓Platform will measure approximately 1350mm

wide by 1350mm deep and will close down over the legs (60mm lowered height)

✓Total raised height of up to 3500mm ✓At the top level, the lift height will be governed by a limit switch system to ensure that the platform parks with the floor

✓The platform will be supplied with a loading ramp, 1350mm wide x 600mm long

✓The hydraulic power pack and electrical system will be mounted to the mast

✓A hand held control point will be positioned

at ground level only. The controls will feature dead-man buttons and emergency stop

✓Power requirement for the lift: 415V

3 phase + Neutral via 16amp isolator (supplied by customer)

✓Motor specification: 0.8kw 3 phase 415v with 3ltr reservoir

✓Maximum lift capacity will be 300kg

5 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC006

14/12/10

15:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

PREMIERACK SOLUTIONS

Our pallet racking is designed & built to exceed current UK (S.E.M.A.) and European (F.E.M.) standards

Premierack Solutions... Wide Aisle Standard Racking • Ideal for storing all palletised and non-palletised loads • Wide aisles allow full manoeuvrability of fork lift trucks • 100% access to individual pallets • Fully adjustable beam levels to suit varying pallet heights • Use of conventional fork-lift trucks - cost-effective

Narrow Aisle Racking • Offers the same flexibility found in wide aisle racking but increases storage capacity by reducing aisle width & storing pallets to a greater height • Allows access to each individual pallet whilst retaining full system adjustability • Specialist fork truck required but cost is offset by the added value of better space utilisation 6 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC007

14/12/10

15:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PREMIERACK SOLUTIONS PROJECTS We also specialise in: Double Deep Racking, Mobile Racking, Live Storage, Carpet Racking & Multi-Tier Racking

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation!

Premierack Solutions... Push Back Racking • Pallets are stored on sloping rollers supported on pallet racking • Pallets pushed up and retrieved from one side only • Offers good occupancy rates within a high-density system and can store a variety of pallet types together

Drive In / Drive Through Racking • Allows high density storage for installations with pallet retrieval from one side only except with drive-through applications • Suitable for seasonal goods with low stock rotation • Ideal for cold and chill storage and bulk storage applications

7 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC008

14/12/10

15:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

SHELFPLAN SOLUTIONS

Shelfplan Solutions ✓System Shelfplan is the industry standard for

shelving designed to contain wide, bulky loads. It bridges the storage gap between light-duty shelving and pallet racking.

✓The range of applications can be from a single unit to a sophisticated multi-level picking system.

Recognised for its versatility System Shelfplan is a high quality long span shelving system. With a very high load bearing capacity, System Shelfplan is ideal for an extensive range of storage applications. Whether for parts and materials, tools, drawings, files, garments, work in process or finished goods, the correct storage system makes an important contribution to workflow effectiveness and productivity.

• Highly adaptable modular system • Wide choice of beam lengths • Quick and easy to construct • Simple to modify and extend • Easy to adapt to changing needs • Can store a vast range of different products • Excellent for hand picking operations

Multi-Tier Applications • Maximises use of available cubic space • Multiple storage and access options • Additional floors and walkways can double the current storage space • Provides pedestrian access for order picking • A second level may be added to existing systems

8 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC009

14/12/10

15:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELFPLAN SOLUTIONS PROJECTS

Archive Storage

Hanging Garment Rail Systems

• Compact high-density storage

• High density garment storage • Retail, wholesale and distribution

• High capacity frames and beams

• Different capacity rails for multiple requirements, easily adjustable

• System flexibility to suit all types and sizes of archive boxes

• Enables easy access and improved picking of garments or hangered items • Aids continuous stock control operations

• Single level or multi-level configurations

Carton Live Storage • Efficient stock rotation and replenishment • Cartons are stored on sloping roller beds and roll down under the force of gravity. • High capacity frame means that System Shelfplan is well suited for light duty Carton Live Storage

Mobile Storage • An ideal system for the most demanding space constraints • Excellent for the long-term storage of goods • Maximises use of floor space • Only one operating aisle required • Available in a wide array of configurations and capacities

9

• Manually or electronically operated STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC010

14/12/10

15:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PARTITION & CEILING SOLUTIONS PROJECTS

Partition & Ceiling Solutions Fire & Sound Fire & Sound has been tested to BS476 part 22 and offers up to 60 minutes fire resistance in full height glazed, solid and door elevations. Insulation performance is available on solid elevations only. Where acoustic performance is a consideration, the system can provide sound attenuation values of up to 52db(Rw) under laboratory test conditions. • Standard module size is 1200mm. Maximum construction height is determined by the choice of stud size and panel type, however, 102mm Fire & Sound can be build up to a height of 4200mm • Venetian blinds can be accommodated within the system as can a range of electrical switches with the use of a cable management post • Doors are available in natural wood finishes, including Ash, Koto, Oak, Cherry, Beech, Maple and Sapele. All doors can be include any shape or size of vision panel or lipping • To compliment Fire & Sound, a wide choice of door furniture in a variety of finishes is also available

Fire & Sound at a glance Areas of use

Executive office suites, reception areas, conference suites, general office, light industrial

Max Construction Heights

10

Solid modules

Standard construction - up to 4200mm, heights in excess of this are achievable

Glazed modules

Maximum recommended height using standard sections - 3600mm

Fire performance

Construction Options

Solid modules

Up to 60 minute fire rating

Solid modules

Glazed modules

Up to 60 minute fire rating in both centre single and double glazed applications

Door modules

Up to 60 minute fire rating*

Standard construction is with 12.5mm plasterboard panels with a wide choice of finishes together with numerous joint and trim options

Acoustic performance

Glazed modules

Solid modules Glazed modules Door modules

Door modules

Standard construction - up to 52dB (Rw) Standard construction - up to 43dB (Rw) Standard solid door core - up to 30dB (Rw)

Includes offset single, centre single, double glazing and the option of Venetian blinds Standard frames are supplied to suit 1981 x 838 x 44mm doors. Frames will also accept most types of doors

*60 minute rating on timber door sets only. STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC011

14/12/10

15:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PARTITION & CEILING SOLUTIONS PROJECTS

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

Ovation Partition System A state-of-the-art partition system, offering designers and installers the vertical solution for the new millennium This system has been designed to suit many different environments. It's styling provides gently radiused upright posts and door frames with a choice of either recessed or flush skirting. The system is available in an almost unlimited choice of RAL or BS coloured finishes to complement any interior design scheme.

Construction

Fire

Acoustics

Designed for fast and easy installation, the introduction of Bi-element construction effects the end user rapid on-site assembly without lengthy lead in times.

Safety is a key feature of this system. It has been thoroughly tested and offers 30 minute fire resistance to BS476 part 22, 1987, on full height single and double glazing elevations. This also applies to door modules and solid elevations, regardless of the board joint details.

Acoustics is another major performance consideration and again Ovation passes the test. Solid construction offers sound attenuation values of up to - 42db (Rw) under laboratory conditions.

11 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC012

14/12/10

15:34

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

PARTITION & CEILING SOLUTIONS

Wall Store Tenon Wall-Store is a simple but very effective concept which utilises ceiling-height, variable width modular storage units. Wall lengths are assembled from a choice of elevation options to provide compact and streamlined storage. These can be used as both free-standing room dividers or as partition walls for cellular offices. The system offers an extensive choice of door and drawer configurations as well as the potential to include open shelving and display features. Furthermore, audio-visual presentational equipment such as screens and television monitors can also be easily accommodated.

Operable Walls Silenta is a high specification; top hung acoustic moveable wall system that provides acoustic performance of between 37/53dB(RW). The system comprises individual panels suspended from a top track only, with each panel having a top and bottom retractable seal that locks between the ceiling track and floor. Operation of the seals is achieved by a simple 90° turn of the removable locking handle and a variety of stacking arrangements ensures optimum use of space. Pass doors may also be included if required. Compacta is a hinged panelled sliding wall system, floor track fitted with an optional top hung system available. The range is designed for rooms where multiple uses and rapid changes are required. Panels are fitted with an aluminium profile to each long edge complete with rubber box seals to ensure an airtight fit when fully closed. A reasonable level of sound reduction is achieved with the use of bubble seals at the upper and lower edges of the panels.

Washrooms Our Washrooms are designed for speedy and easy installation, all washroom products are supplied ready for immediate fitting, and are supplied complete with all the necessary fittings and fixings. If you have an enquiry then simply fax the details together with a drawing or a sketch of your requirements to us - we will do the rest. Cubicles can be made to measure to suit all situations, however, standard sizes and dimensions are as follows:

• Standard cubicle height 1950mm • Standard cubicle width 1500mm • Partition panel size 1800Hx 1500Wmm 12

• Standard door size 600mm STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC013

14/12/10

15:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

INDUSTRIAL PARTITIONING PROJECTS

A comprehensive range of partitioning systems to suit both medium and heavy duty applications

BUDGET PRICE

139

£

PER LINEAR METRE

BUDGET PRICE

155

£

PER LINEAR METRE

> BROADSWORD - Angle frame system with steel or mesh versions available

Single Skin Partitioning

✓Cost effective solution ✓Fully demountable and relocatable ✓High quality, durable pressed metal frame system ✓Easy to install and relocate ✓Multi-tiered facility ✓Wide selection of doors and locking systems ✓Variety of construction materials available ✓Compatible with Excalibur double skin

> SABRE - Folded steel channel framework, with all joints spot welded to steel sheets

Sabre & Broadsword Sections

FULL STEEL

STEEL / MESH

FULL MESH

STEEL / GLASS

Call Us For A Free Site Survey And Quotation!

STEEL / GLASS / STEEL

High quality, double skin partitioning for commercial, office, cleanroom & factory use

BUDGET PRICE

269

£

PER LINEAR METRE

> EXCALIBUR - Standard powder coated colours: Light Grey or Medium Grey

Double Skin Partitioning

✓Ideal for creating offices in commercial

locations as well as creating cleanrooms in factories or warehouses

✓Powder coat finish ideal for clean environments ✓Quality finish, flush both sides ✓Fire protection & noise reduction options available ✓Hidden cable management ✓Double glazing available with blinds ✓Can be multi-tiered with steel or conventional suspended ceilings available

✓Toledo - two line junction keeps dust traps

> TOLEDO - Cleanroom partioning

Excalibur Sections

FULL STEEL

FULLY GLAZED

STEEL / GLASS

TRANSOM GLAZED

CHAIR RAIL GLAZED

Toledo Sections

STEEL / GLASS / STEEL

FULL STEEL

STEEL /GLASS /STEEL

TALL GLASS

13

to a minimum

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC014

14/12/10

15:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

MESH PARTITIONS

Modular industrial partitioning tailored to your own requirements WAREHOUSE DIVIDER STANDARD 2200H PANELS

111

£

This price is for budget purposes only. Doors are at extra cost!

PER LINEAR METRE

Telescopic poles link to roof if required Standard 2200H sections may be doubled up for 4400 height (3000H also available) 800H top sections may be added singly or in multiples for extra height

N.B. - One central horizontal tube per 2200mm panel - not two as illustrated

▲ Standard Panel 2200 x 1200 (HxW)

▲ Sliding Padlockable Door 2200 x 1800 (HxW) Overall height 2300

▲ Standard Panel 2200 x 1200 (HxW)

▲ Hinged Padlockable Door 2200x1000

▲ Two High STD Panels 2200x1200 = 4400H

▲ Two High STD Panels 2200x1000 = 4400H

Warehouse & Factory Division

Standard Mesh Modularity

✓Highly cost effective

✓Build to any height as required

✓Modular panels give unlimited design potential

✓Easily assembled, and readily relocated when needs change 14

▲ Standard Panel + 800H Top Section (1200W)

✓Assemble free-standing, then bolt to floor for security

We offer a full site survey & managed installation service - Call us for a free site survey and quotation STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC015

14/12/10

15:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

GUARDING SYSTEMS

✓Safe guarding panels which conform with European Norms and Directives • Physical protection for personnel in potentially hazardous or dangerous environments • Safely screen plant and machinery • Versatile modular construction with demountable, reusable panels that come with a choice of Smart Fix and Rapid Fix installation • All panels are designed for optimum strength and resistance • Complies with EN-953 and the new machinery directive 2006/42/EC

PROJECTS

Machine Safety Fence

• Hinged and sliding modular doors interchange with panels • Standard panel finish RAL 7037 Grey, to EN 953 recommendations

SMART FIX MESH PANEL

RAPID FIX MESH PANEL

BUDGET PRICE

BUDGET PRICE

138

154

£

£

PER LINEAR METRE

PER LINEAR METRE

Safe-Lock Closing Device • Enables compliance with Norm EN 1088, which defines how a machine guard's access door and closing mechanism must operate • Available as a 3- or 4-stage closing device • Integral security contact switch

SAFE LOCK CLOSING DEVICE BUDGET PRICE

520

£

DEPENDANT UPON APPLICATION

Budget prices are quoted, we normally need to visit you for a free site survey Our expertise is at your disposal!

Call Us For A Free Site Survey And Quotation! 15

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC016

14/12/10

15:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SPECIALIST HANDLING EQUIPMENT PROJECTS

Specialist & Bespoke Handling Equipment If you have a specialist handling requirement please call for free advice and specification details

We offer more than 150 individual configurations of stackers and pallet trucks using standard components and can even design a bespoke truck to suit your individual application.

ROBUR equipment is intensely robust, manufactured to a high standard in our 10000m2 European production factory that ensures high quality standards and fast ongoing availability of spares for the lifetime of all trucks.

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

16 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC017

14/12/10

13:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SPECIALIST HANDLING EQUIPMENT PROJECTS

✓Powered pallet trucks - capacities up to 12000kg ✓Paper reel and roll handlers - diameters up to 2000mm, up to 6000kg capacity and 3000mm forks

✓Powered stackers

- capacities up to 6000kg and lift heights up to 5800mm

✓Four-way directional long load truck - capacities up to 4000kg

✓Pedestrian / ride-on versions ✓Press tool handlers - capacities up to 8000kg ✓Cold store specification ✓Stainless steel stackers and pallet trucks, ideal for food and chemical environments

✓Explosion-proof stackers and pallet trucks for

hazardous locations - capacities up to 4000kg

17 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC018

14/12/10

15:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING / PLASTIC MODULAR SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

Plastic Modular Shelving

✓Extremely versatile and easy to use,

FROM £

modular shelving can form virtually any layout

151

✓Very easy to assemble, dismantle and clean • Resistant to moisture and chemicals, corrosion resistant • Lightweight and very strong • Load bearing capacity 180kg per square metre length • Standard shelving is static but castors can be fitted at extra cost • Can withstand low temperatures – ideal for coldroom storage • Available in 5 colours – cream, grey, red, blue and green • Unless specified otherwise, cream will be supplied

STORES FLAT WHEN NOT IN USE

SPECIFICATION Vertical space (between shelves) All modules: 400mm Horizontal space between uprights 1000mm wide 890mm clear space 1200mm wide 1090mm clear space 1500mm wide 2 x 675mm clear spaces 1800mm wide 2 x 825mm clear spaces 2000mm wide 2 x 925mm clear spaces

Rotating Castors

Locked

Unlocked

Rotating Castor Sets TO FIT BAY WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000

ORDER REF CBR10 CBR12 CBR15 CBR18 CBR20

PRICE PER SET £40.00 £40.00 £60.00 £60.00 £60.00

Standard Bays - Height 1050mm (3 Shelves)

18

FRAME WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

DEPTH 300mm ORDER REF PRICE 310403 £151.00 312403 £173.00 315403 £219.00 318403 £250.00 320403 £271.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DEPTH 400mm DEPTH 500mm DEPTH 600mm DEPTH 900mm ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 310404 £186.00 310405 £213.00 310406 £240.00 310409 £335.00 312404 £216.00 312405 £253.00 312406 £279.00 312409 £393.00 315404 £272.00 315405 £312.00 315406 £354.00 315409 £503.00 318404 £315.00 318405 £374.00 318406 £415.00 318409 £590.00 320404 £344.00 320405 £415.00 320406 £456.00 320409 £648.00 * Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS (see picture on top of facing page)

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

DEPTH 1000mm ORDER REF PRICE 310410 £383.00 312410 £454.00 315410 £573.00 318410 £675.00 320410 £742.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC019

14/12/10

15:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING / PLASTIC MODULAR SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

Double Shelving Bay 1495H x 2000W x 600Dmm

420406

641

£

✓The design and construction of these units make them ideal for use in the following environments and industries

• Hospitals and Health Industry • Food and Drinks • Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals • Catering • Meat Trade • Laundries • Laboratories

Quick Build Connectors give strength, stability and easy construction

• Educational Establishments • Retail

Standard Bays - Height 1495mm (4 Shelves) FRAME WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

DEPTH 300mm ORDER REF PRICE 410403 £200.00 412403 £230.00 415403 £294.00 418403 £336.00 420403 £366.00

DEPTH 400mm DEPTH 500mm DEPTH 600mm ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 410404 £251.00 410405 £279.00 410406 £321.00 412404 £297.00 412405 £325.00 412406 £385.00 415404 £370.00 415405 £418.00 415406 £484.00 418404 £426.00 418405 £498.00 418406 £561.00 420404 £493.00 420405 £553.00 420406 £641.00 * Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS (see picture top of page)

DEPTH 900mm ORDER REF PRICE 410409 £454.00 412409 £532.00 415409 £681.00 418409 £797.00 420409 £875.00

DEPTH 1000mm ORDER REF PRICE 410410 £517.00 412410 £553.00 415410 £775.00 418410 £911.00 420410 £1000.00

FRAME WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

DEPTH 300mm ORDER REF* PRICE 510403 £250.00 512403 £287.00 515403 £349.00 518403 £403.00 520403 £440.00

DEPTH 400mm DEPTH 500mm DEPTH 600mm DEPTH 900mm ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF* PRICE 510404 £309.00 510405 £350.00 510406 £402.00 510409 £573.00 512404 £359.00 512405 £415.00 512406 £471.00 512409 £670.00 515404 £426.00 515405 £523.00 515406 £582.00 515409 £827.00 518404 £516.00 518405 £622.00 518406 £684.00 518409 £972.00 520404 £566.00 520405 £692.00 520406 £753.00 520409 £1067.00 * Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS (see picture top of page)

DEPTH 1000mm ORDER REF* PRICE 510410 £651.00 512410 £766.00 515410 £944.00 518410 £1114.00 520410 £1226.00

Standard Bays - Height 1940mm (5 Shelves)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

19


TC020

14/12/10

15:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING / STEEL CORE SHELVING

Steel Core Polypropylene Shelving ✓

Racks of refined polypropylene with a steel core for extra strength

Versatile & Flexible • Anti-static for computer environments • In cold rooms and freezers down to -30ºC • In wet areas – rustproof • In kitchens and food processing industry

CORNER UNITS FROM

296

£

Hygienic • Weldless, tight polypropylene structure shelving more hygienic • Prevents liquid and dirt from entering the racks • Can be easily cleaned

Stable • Special self-stabilising connection technique without the use of cross stays • 150kg UDL per shelf, 600kg UDL per section • Easy assembly without use of nuts & bolts • Steel cored for extra strength

We can offer alternative heights, widths & depths. Also, extra shelves, and castors for instant mobility. Just call us!

Solid polypropylene plate shelves

1800Hmm 4 Shelf Bays with Polypropylene Grille Shelves BAY WIDTH 980mm 1180mm 1380mm 1580mm 1780mm

20

STARTER DE983GS £340 DE1183GS £361 DE1383GS £403 DE1583GS £426 DE1783GS £463

300mm DEEP EXTENSION DE983GE £285 DE1183GE £306 DE1383GE £348 DE1583GE £372 DE1783GE £408

CORNER DE983GC £296 DE1183GC £317 DE1383GC £360 DE1583GC £383 DE1783GC £419

STARTER DE984GS £358 DE1184GS £385 DE1384GS £428 DE1584GS £458 DE1784GS £501

400mm DEEP EXTENSION DE984GE £301 DE1184GE £328 DE1384GE £371 DE1584GE £401 DE1784GE £444

CORNER DE984GC £312 DE1184GC £339 DE1384GC £383 DE1584GC £412 DE1784GC £455

STARTER DE985GS £383 DE1185GS £413 DE1385GS £462 DE1585GS £494 DE1785GS £538

500mm DEEP EXTENSION DE985GE £324 DE1185GE £354 DE1385GE £403 DE1585GE £435 DE1785GE £479

CORNER DE985GC £335 DE1185GC £365 DE1385GC £414 DE1585GC £446 DE1785GC £490

STARTER DE986GS £407 DE1186GS £439 DE1386GS £494 DE1586GS £532 DE1786GS £578

600mm DEEP EXTENSION DE986GE £346 DE1186GE £378 DE1386GE £434 DE1586GE £471 DE1786GE £518

CORNER DE986GC £358 DE1186GC £374 DE1386GC £445 DE1586GC £482 DE1786GC £529

BAY WIDTHS: NOTE: Extensions are 45mm narrower than Starters. Corners are 25mm narrower than Starters. Other sizes available please enquire STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC021

14/12/10

15:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING / STEEL CORE SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

STARTER BAYS FROM

340

£

Versatile - suitable for many applications!

Shelving Units can be fitted with castors, for ease of cleaning particularly in coldrooms. Set of 4 Castor Wheels (2 braked / 2 unbraked) REF CASTORS PRICE £142.00

Polypropylene grille shelves

1800Hmm 4 Shelf Bays with Polypropylene Plate Shelves BAY WIDTH 980mm 1180mm 1380mm 1580mm 1780mm

STARTER DE983PS £347 DE1183PS £368 DE1383PS £413 DE1583PS £435 DE1783PS £475

300mm DEEP EXTENSION DE983PE £292 DE1183PE £313 DE1383PE £358 DE1583PE £381 DE1783PE £421

CORNER DE983PC £304 DE1183PC £324 DE1383PC £369 DE1583PC £392 DE1783PC £432

STARTER DE984PS £366 DE1184PS £392 DE1384PS £439 DE1584PS £467 DE1784PS £509

400mm DEEP EXTENSION DE984PE £309 DE1184PE £335 DE1384PE £382 DE1584PE £410 DE1784PE £452

CORNER DE984PC £320 DE1184PC £346 DE1384PC £393 DE1584PC £421 DE1784PC £463

STARTER DE985PS £394 DE1185PS £420 DE1385PS £477 DE1585PS £507 DE1785PS £555

500mm DEEP EXTENSION DE985PE £335 DE1185PE £361 DE1385PE £417 DE1585PE £452 DE1785PE £496

CORNER DE985PC £346 DE1185PC £372 DE1385PC £428 DE1585PC £463 DE1785PC £507

STARTER DE986PS £421 DE1186PS £451 DE1386PS £512 DE1586PS £544 DE1786PS £599

600mm DEEP EXTENSION DE986PE £361 DE1186PE £390 DE1386PE £451 DE1586PE £483 DE1786PE £539

CORNER DE986PC £372 DE1186PC £401 DE1386PC £462 DE1586PC £494 DE1786PC £550

BAY WIDTHS: NOTE: Extensions are 45mm narrower than Starters. Corners are 25mm narrower than Starters. Other sizes available please enquire STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk 2011

21


TC022

14/12/10

15:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING / HYGIENIC SHELVING

Quartermaster Hygienic Shelving

FROM

172

✓For clean, cold, wet & sterile environments

£

• Fast fit design for simple & safe installation • Airdeck grid shelves promote air flow • Open access corners for space efficiency • Metric to fit modern buildings better • Minimum 100kg UDL shelf loading • Nylon coated

Airdeck Wire Shelving Bays 1700mm high, with four shelves SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 1800 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1800 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE NQ17.459/4 £172.00 NQ17.4512/4 £203.00 NQ17.4515/4 £222.00 NQ17.4518/4 £259.00 NQ17.69/4 £191.00 NQ17.612/4 £234.00 NQ17.615/4 £264.00 NQ17.618/4 £323.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE NQ17.459/4A £170.00 NQ17.4512/4A £198.00 NQ17.4515/4A £220.00 NQ17.4518/4A £257.00 NQ17.69/4A £189.00 NQ17.612/4A £230.00 NQ17.615/4A £271.00 NQ17.618/4A £320.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE NQ459 £33.00 NQ4512 £43.00 NQ4515 £48.00 NQ4518 £55.00 NQ69 £38.00 NQ612 £48.00 NQ615 £56.00 NQ618 £68.00

FROM

FROM

£493

£491

Castors Plug in expansion fit 125mm swivel castors. In sets of 4, two of which are braked. Maximum load 200kg per set. DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

RUBBER

CQ5R-S

£88.00

Quartermaster Stainless Steel Shelving

✓Available with wire or solid shelves ✓Ideal for cold, wet & sterile environments

• Manufactured from 304 grade stainless steel • Shelves are electro polished for durability Stainless Steel Wire Shelving Bays 1700mm high, with four shelves

Stainless Steel Solid Shelving Bays 1700mm high, with four shelves

22

SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE SPQ17.459/4 £491.00 SPQ17.4512/4 £597.00 SPQ17.4515/4 £701.00 SPQ17.69/4 £593.00 SPQ17.612/4 £716.00 SPQ17.615/4 £868.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTRA SHELF REF SPQ459 SPQ4512 SPQ4515 SPQ69 SPQ612 SPQ615

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £97.00 £123.00 £149.00 £122.00 £153.00 £191.00

SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 1800 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1800 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE SQ17.459/4 £493.00 SQ17.4512/4 £540.00 SQ17.4515/4 £618.00 SQ17.4518/4 £694.00 SQ17.69/4 £537.00 SQ17.612/4 £657.00 SQ17.615/4 £720.00 SQ17.618/4 £822.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE SQ17.459/4A £472.00 SQ17.4512/4A £519.00 SQ17.4515/4A £599.00 SQ17.4518/4A £673.00 SQ17.69/4A £516.00 SQ17.612/4A £636.00 SQ17.615/4A £700.00 SQ17.618/4A £802.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE SQ459 £97.00 SQ4512 £123.00 SQ4515 £129.00 SQ4518 £148.00 SQ69 £108.00 SQ612 £139.00 SQ615 £154.00 SQ618 £180.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC023

14/12/10

13:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING / CHROME WIRE SHELVING

✓Popular choice for stockrooms,

FROM

105

£

kitchens and schools

• Quick and easy to build • Hardwearing chrome finish shelves let light through • Will not harbour dust • Extension may be added at 90º to form space efficient corners • Loading from 100kg up to 300kg

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Chrome Wire Shelving

Instant mobility! Any chrome wire shelving bay can be made mobile by quickly fitting a set of castors. Castors 75mm rubber castors, max load 100kg per set. REF CASZD-3S PRICE £23.80 per set of 4

Chrome Wire Utility Shelving Bays 1800mm high, with four shelves SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 910 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE L71.459/4 £105.00 L71.4512/4 £126.00 L71.4515/4 £162.00 L71.69/4 £151.00 L71.612/4 £169.00 L71.615/4 £191.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE L71.459/4A £109.00 L71.4512/4A £119.00 L71.4515/4A £155.00 L71.69/4A £144.00 L71.612/4A £146.00 L71.615/4A £184.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE LW459 £20.90 LW4512 £26.60 LW4515 £33.00 LW69 £24.60 LW612 £34.00 LW615 £40.20

LC459/3

134

£

Chrome Wire Carts • 100kg max load • Cranked handles 790mm high • Three fully adjustable chrome wire shelves • Fitted with economical 75mm rubber castors (non marking)

SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600

3-SHELF CART ORDER REF PRICE LC459/3 £134.00 LC4512/3 £151.00 LC4515/3 £181.00 LC69/3 £171.00 LC612/3 £192.00 LC615/3 £225.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE LW459 £20.90 LW4512 £26.60 LW4515 £33.00 LW69 £24.60 LW612 £34.00 LW615 £40.20

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

23 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC024

14/12/10

15:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING / ALUMINIUM SHELVING

STARTER BAYS FROM

EXTENSION BAYS FROM

189

140

£

£

SHELF CONNECTORS FOR CREATING SPACE EFFICIENT OPEN CORNERS

Alimaster R Shelving

✓Aluminium frame with lift out polyester

Right Angle Shelf Connectors

decking for a cost effective combination of strength and hygiene

RIGHT ANGLE SHELF CONNECTORS

Loadings are reduced by 25% when angle connectors are used

• Rust free anodised aluminium

FOR SHELF DEPTH: 400mm 500mm 600mm REF AC40 REF AC50 REF AC60 PRICE £12.40 PRICE £13.00 PRICE £15.70

• Simple and quick assembly • Smooth section beams adjust on 150mm pitch • Can be connected at 90 degrees to form space efficient open corners

Castors Plug in 100mm rubber swivel castors. In sets of 4, two of which are braked. Maximum load 200kg per set.

• Moulded polyester shelf panels provide tough and hard wearing shelf decking • Ventilated to improve airflow

REF W5125 PRICE £88.00 per set

• Easily lifted out for cleaning

Alimaster R Complete Bays 1700mm high, with four shelf levels

CASTORS CAN BE ADDED TO CREATE MOBILE UNITS!

BAY DEPTH

WIDTH

746mm

970mm

1089mm

1201mm

1313mm

1425mm

1653mm

400mm

STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

ARSA400 £189.00 AREA400 £140.00 A400 £35.00 ARSA500 £258.00 AREA500 £202.00 A500 £36.60 ARSA600 £280.00 AREA600 £225.00 A/600 £41.90

ARSC400 £293.00 AREC400 £236.00 C400 £45.50 ARSC500 £289.00 AREC500 £232.00 C500 £44.00 ARSC600 £320.00 AREC600 £265.00 C/600 £52.10

ARSD400 £312.00 ARED400 £257.00 D400 £50.30 ARSD500 £316.00 ARED500 £260.00 D500 £51.10 ARSD600 £356.00 ARED600 £300.00 D/600 £61.20

ARSE400 £327.00 AREE400 £272.00 E400 £54.10 ARSE500 £338.00 AREE500 £282.00 E500 £56.60 ARSE600 £425.00 AREE600 £362.00 E/600 £74.60

ARSF400 £343.00 AREF400 £288.00 F400 £58.10 ARSF500 £350.00 AREF500 £294.00 F500 £59.60 ARSF600 £434.00 AREF600 £355.00 F/600 £76.70

ARSG400 £367.00 AREG400 £311.00 G400 £67.00 ARSG500 £363.00 AREG500 £306.00 G500 £62.40 ARSG600 £407.00 AREG600 £352.00 G/600 £74.00

ARSI400 £373.00 AREI400 £317.00 I400 £65.10 ARSI500 £399.00 AREI500 £342.00 I500 £71.60 ARSI600 £459.00 AREI600 £403.00 I/600 £87.00

500mm

600mm

24 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC025

14/12/10

13:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LONGSPAN SHELVING

Heavy Duty Shelving Strong and robust adjustable shelving for manufacturing, engineering and production environments. Heavy duty design offers simple and fast assembly, giving you quick solutions to your storage needs.

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Just

365kg PER SHELF

1800 WIDE x 600 DEEP 3-SHELF HEAVY DUTY BAY

SX024RDGU

191

£

Just Shelving Colours

✓A fast and economic solution to everyday storage and production problems

• Quickly and easily assembled, requiring only a rubber mallet • Robust and colourful finishes suit any environment • Wide range of depths and widths offer flexible and cost effective solutions • Add extra shelves as required, or ask us to design a system which suits your specific needs • Ask about our complete installation service

Specification

Red uprights (RD) with light grey beams

Standard bays are 3-shelf units with 18mm chipboard decks. Bays comprise 4 uprights, 3 shelf levels with channel beams, beam ties, feet and assembly instructions.

Blue uprights (GB) with light grey beams

Bays will be supplied with red uprights and light grey beams unless specified otherwise. Dark grey uprights (GX) with light grey beams

Heavy Duty Three Shelf Bays DIMENSIONS MAXIMUM SHELVING BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL H x W x D (mm) SHELF LOAD ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 1980 x 1500 x 450 510kg SX020RDGU £165.00 SX120GU £39.00 1980 x 1500 x 600 275kg SX021RDGU £177.00 SX121GU £43.00 1980 x 1800 x 600 365kg SX024RDGU £191.00 SX124GU £48.00 1980 x 1800 x 900 210kg SX025RDGU £227.00 SX125GU £58.00 1980 x 2400 x 600 445kg SX013RDGU £221.00 SX113GU £57.00 1980 x 2400 x 900 210kg SX014RDGU £263.00 SX114GU £71.00 * RD in the references above denotes RED uprights. For blue substitute GB, and for dark grey substitute GX.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Connector Plates are used to secure adjacent bays together. Four plates are needed to join two bays. REF SXSRLGU PRICE £1.50 each www.storage-design.co.uk

25 2011


TC026

15/12/10

13:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

✓Heavy duty bolt free shelving is the ideal solution for industrial or commercial environments.

✓Easy and quick to build, this bolt free shelving is ideal for single and multi-tier requirements.

✓Create a run by choosing one starter bay and as many extension bays as necessary

Open Back and Sides

STARTER BAY

CS/Q/001

• Standard bays with open type back and sides comprising 6 shelves (including top and bottom)

205

£

EXTENSION BAY

CS/Q/002

150

£

Starter Bay NOW AVAILABLE IN IVORY POWDER COAT

Open Back and Sides DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2100 x 900 x 300 2100 x 900 x 450 2100 x 900 x 600

Bay Capacity

Extension Bay

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/001 £205.00 CS/Q/003 £247.00 CS/Q/005 £278.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/002 £150.00 CS/Q/004 £191.00 CS/Q/006 £222.00

1817kg with beams at top and bottom

Shelf Capacity 170kg Uniformly distributed load

Closed Back and Sides

Finish

• Standard bays with clad type back and sides comprising 6 shelves (including top and bottom)

Uprights and beams powder coated blue. Shelves and cladding panels powder coated grey. Also available in ivory

STARTER BAY

CS/Q/007

279

£

EXTENSION BAY

CS/Q/008

213

£

Starter Bay

Extension Bay

Closed Back and Sides

26

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2100 x 900 x 300 2100 x 900 x 450 2100 x 900 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/007 £279.00 CS/Q/009 £329.00 CS/Q/011 £368.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/008 £213.00 CS/Q/010 £258.00 CS/Q/012 £292.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC027

15/12/10

13:19

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING / ACCESSORIES

DIVIDERS

STORAGE PRODUCTS

GARMENT RAIL

SHELF TRAYS

LOCKABLE DOORS

BIN FRONTS

Lockable doors are available for this shelving system. Please call us for more information.

Shelf Trays • Ideal for small parts storage • Grey finish DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 100 x 150 x 300 150 x 150 x 300 100 x 150 x 450 150 x 150 x 450

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/057 CS/Q/058 CS/Q/059 CS/Q/060

£13.00 £14.90 £14.90 £17.00

SHELF TRAYS

BIN FRONTS

DIVIDERS

GARMENT RAIL

Bin Fronts • Suits 900Wmm shelves, can be used in conjunction with dividers • Grey finish DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 50 x 900 75 x 900 100 x 900

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/061 CS/Q/062 CS/Q/063

£4.60 £4.80 £5.20

Garment Rail • For storage of garments and workwear • Grey finish DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 900 x 600

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/025 CS/Q/026

£11.40 £11.70

Dividers • Shelf sub-dividers with rolled edge front for safety • Grey finish HEIGHT (mm) 375 375 375 450 450 450

SHELF DEPTH (mm) 300 450 600 300 450 600

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/027 CS/Q/028 CS/Q/029 CS/Q/030 CS/Q/031 CS/Q/032

£6.50 £7.90 £8.90 £7.00 £8.60 £10.10

For assistance with tailored systems or for more complex requirements a design, supply and installation service is available. Please call us for more information!

27 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC028

15/12/10

13:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

FST Bolt-Free Shelving • Shelf widths 1000mm plus extra-wide 1300mm • Five standard depths and heights • Wide range of accessories • Tough galvanised finish as standard • Optional blue or grey painted finish (15% surcharge over galvanised prices)

Complete 2-Bay Run • • • •

EASY ASSEMBLY, NO NUTS OR BOLTS REQUIRED!

2000H x 2100W x 500Dmm 5 shelf levels per bay Max load 300kg per shelf Max load 2300kg per bay

REF S2005899 PRICE £472.00

Complete 3-Bay Run

COMPLETE

• Details are as above with extra bay

S2005899

472

REF S2005699 PRICE £609.00

£

Price savings for larger quantities, please call for more details

Colour Finishes Galvanised Blue RAL5012 Grey RAL7035

2000mm high x 1000mm wide FST galvanised bays, with four shelf levels Starter Bay with cross bracing DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF A2003099 A2004099 A2005099 A2006099 A2008099

Extension Bay with cross bracing

Extension Bay

PRICE £248 £268 £280 £289 £345

DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF B2003099 B2004099 B2005099 B2006099 B2008099

PRICE £197 £216 £226 £234 £287

DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF C2004099 C2005099 C2006099 C2008099

PRICE £230 £240 £247 £300

Starter Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF D2003099 D2004099 D2005099 D2006099 D2008099

PRICE £287 £306 £319 £327 £384

Extension Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF E2003099 E2004099 E2005099 E2006099 E2008099

PRICE £249 £268 £278 £286 £339

*300mm deep bays have a maximum shelf capacity of 120kg. These bays must be fixed to a wall, mounting brackets are included. 400/500/600/800mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 300kg

2000mm high x 1300mm wide FST galvanised bays, with four shelf levels Starter Bay with cross bracing DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

28

ORDER REF F2003099 F2004099 F2005099 F2006099 F2008099

Extension Bay with cross bracing

Extension Bay

PRICE £259 £283 £298 £311 £371

DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF G2003099 G2004099 G2005099 G2006099 G2008099

PRICE £207 £231 £244 £255 £312

DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF H2004099 H2005099 H2006099 H2008099

PRICE £245 £258 £269 £326

Starter Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF L2003099 L2004099 L2005099 L2006099 L2008099

PRICE £309 £333 £348 £360 £420

Extension Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF M2003099 M2004099 M2005099 M2006099 M2008099

PRICE £271 £295 £308 £318 £375

*300mm deep bays have a maximum shelf capacity of 100kg. These bays must be fixed to a wall, mounting brackets are included. **600mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 200kg 400/500/800mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 230kg

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC029

14/12/10

13:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

FST Bolt Free Shelving Options & Accessories A versatile shelving system to create open shelving or total clad secure shelving. Unique features and options designed to be easily fitted such as drawers, sliding doors both solid and ‘clearview’ polrcarbonate, 3 colour options, perforated end panels to hang tools etc. • Side & back panels • Perforated panels for tool hanging • Hinged doors • Sliding doors • Shelf panels & dividers • Drawers • Multibox containers • Two width options available 1000mm and 1300mm • Five depths & five heights available • Heavy duty shelf loadings to 300kg • Heavy duty bay loading 2300kg

This system can be tailored to suit your requirements, please contact us for more details

BACK PANELS

SIDE PANELS

LEAF DOORS

Galvanised Back Panels* DESCRIPTION BACK PANEL FOR 1000mm WIDE BAY BACK PANEL FOR 1300mm WIDE BAY

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 2000 x 1000 2000 x 1300

Drawers, available in blue or light grey

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

FST20201099 FST20201399

£59.00 £70.00

100mm HIGH NORMAL EXTENSION DRAWER 100mm HIGH FULL EXTENSION DRAWER

Galvanised Side Panels* DESCRIPTION SIDE PANEL FOR 300mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 400mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 500mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 600mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 800mm DEEP BAY

DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 2000 x 300 2000 x 400 2000 x 500 2000 x 600 2000 x 800

SLIDING DOORS

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1000 x 500 1000 x 500

ORDER REF

PRICE

FST85100004 FST86100004

£89.00 £106.00

Doors, available in blue or light grey

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

FST22203099 FST22204099 FST22205099 FST22206099 FST22208099

£34.00 £38.00 £41.00 £44.00 £53.00

LEAF DOORS FOR 1000mm WIDE BAY LEAF DOORS FOR 1300mm WIDE BAY SLIDING DOORS FOR 2 x 1000mm WIDE BAY SLIDING DOORS FOR 2 x 1300mm WIDE BAY

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 2000 x 1000 2000 x 1300 2000 x 2000 2000 x 2600

ORDER REF

PRICE

FST51200004 FST52200004 FST57200004 FST58200004

£298.00 £328.00 £745.00 £868.00

*Optional blue or grey painted finish (15% surcharge over galvanised prices)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

29 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC030

15/12/10

13:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING

STARTER BAY

EXTENSION BAY

Starters & Extensions STORMOR shelving is available with three different upright variations to suit the application. The bays on the following pages are all supplied with 6 levels of 1000 mm wide shelves. Height and depth variations are given in the tables. Rapid delivery starter and extension bays are listed in the tables. Other heights, widths and depths are also available contact us for details.

SHELF LOADINGS Note bays with dimensions 2150H x 1000W x 600Dmm have a maximum shelf load capacity of 55kg. All other bays have a capacity of 70kg.

For our full range of accessories see pages 32 & 33

70kg PER SHELF

STORMOR Mono ✓Ideal for general purpose storage applications

• Maximum storage capacity in the available space • Economic and fully adjustable • Fully interchangeable with all other Stormor components • Rear cladding or mesh cladding available

BioCote Protected BioCote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive area

Mesh cladding is available for small carton applications

6-Shelf Stormor Mono Shelving Open Back Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

SHELVES & DIVIDERS Stormor Grey (RAL 7035) 30

STARTER BAY ORDER REF SMM18130OS6 SMM18137OS6 SMM18145OS6 SMM18160OS6 SMM21130OS6 SMM21137OS6 SMM21145OS6 SMM21160OS6

PRICE £124.00 £134.00 £144.00 £164.00 £132.00 £142.00 £153.00 £173.00

UPRIGHTS Stormor Grey (RAL 7035)

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMM18130OE6 £99.00 SMM18137OE6 £109.00 SMM18145OE6 £118.00 SMM18160OE6 £137.00 SMM21130OE6 £104.00 SMM21137OE6 £113.00 SMM21145OE6 £122.00 SMM21160OE6 £141.00

Suave Blue (BS 5252 20 E 56)

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF SMS-130 SMS-137 SMS-145 SMS-160 SMS-130 SMS-137 SMS-145 SMS-160

PRICE £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00 £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00

Graphite Grey (BS 5252 18 A 14)

Bays listed are Stormor Grey with BioCote Protection Alternative upright colours cost no more, but may not be available from stock and are not BioCote Protected. STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC031

15/12/10

13:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

70kg PER SHELF

For our full range of accessories see pages 32 & 33

SHELF LOADINGS BioCote Protected BioCote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive area

Note bays with dimensions 2150H x 1000W x 600Dmm have a maximum shelf load capacity of 55kg. All other bays have a capacity of 70kg.

STORMOR Solo

✓Ideal for commercial applications - the robust solution to everyday requirements

Single piece frames with delta edge front

• Suitable for use in all applications and general archive storage • BioCote powder coated light grey RAL 7035 • All components manufactured from cold formed mild steel • Delta front edge aids removal and replacement of stored material • Fully adjustable shelves on 25 mm pitch • One shelf clip accommodates shelf on both sides of upright • Fully interchangeable with Solo and Mono frames • Folded rear T on frame accommodates rear cladding and bracing on 50mm increments 6-Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Open Back Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF SMS18130OS6 SMS18137OS6 SMS18145OS6 SMS18160OS6 SMS21130OS6 SMS21137OS6 SMS21145OS6 SMS21160OS6

PRICE £117.00 £134.00 £148.00 £181.00 £122.00 £139.00 £155.00 £189.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMS18130OE6 £95.00 SMS18137OE6 £108.00 SMS18145OE6 £120.00 SMS18160OE6 £144.00 SMS21130OE6 £97.00 SMS21137OE6 £110.00 SMS21145OE6 £122.00 SMS21160OE6 £149.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160 SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160

PRICE £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00 £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00

6-Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Closed Back Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

STARTER BAY ORDER REF SMS18130CS6 SMS18137CS6 SMS18145CS6 SMS18160CS6 SMS21130CS6 SMS21137CS6 SMS21145CS6 SMS21160CS6

PRICE £156.00 £169.00 £181.00 £217.00 £164.00 £181.00 £197.00 £231.00

TEL: 01446 772614

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMS18130CE6 £130.00 SMS18137CE6 £143.00 SMS18145CE6 £155.00 SMS18160CE6 £180.00 SMS21130CE6 £139.00 SMS21137CE6 £152.00 SMS21145CE6 £164.00 SMS21160CE6 £191.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160 SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160

PRICE £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00 £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

31 2011


TC032

15/12/10

13:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING / ACCESSORIES

STORMOR Accessories

Call us for any size not listed

Garment Hanging Rail To be mounted on support channels - see below. Galvanised 25mm rail is ideal for both workshop and fashion applications. 1000mm wide specified, other sizes available.

Light Duty Rod Back Stop Quickly fits across the rear of bays to prevent files and merchandise falling backwards. Simply slots into the upright. 1000mm wide specified, other sizes available.

REF SZAGR25S1000 PRICE £5.50

REF SZABS004R1000 PRICE £3.50

Bin Front / Heavy Duty Back Stops Prevent items falling off the front of shelves. When used with shelf dividers they form enclosed compartments or bins. Can also be used as a heavier duty back stop. 1000mm wide specified, other sizes available. Location plugs are also required - see below. Rail Support Channels Clip in channels have 3 or 5 locations for 25mm garment rails. Multiple location points allow quick re-positioning and choice of single and double hanging rails. FRAME DEPTH (mm) 300 450 600

RAIL POSITIONS 3 3 5

ORDER REF SZAHGHSC300 SZAHGHSC450 SZAHGHSC600

PRICE £7.00 £9.00 £10.00

Pull-Out Filing Cradles Supplied with easy-to-fit runners, can accommodate A4 and foolscap top loaded suspension files. 1000mm wide.

32

FRAME DEPTH (mm) 370 450

ORDER REF SZAPOFC1-370 SZAPOFC1-450

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £133.00 £135.00

FRONT HEIGHT (mm) 25 50 75 100

PLUGS REQUIRED 2 2 4 4

ORDER REF

PRICE

SZABF025F1000 SZABF050F1000 SZABF075F1000 SZABF100F1000

£8.00 £9.00 £10.00 £11.00

Location Plugs Necessary for assembly of bin fronts onto Stormor shelving. REF SZAPLUG PRICE £0.40 each

Pull-Out Drawers Plain drawers, supplied with easy-to-fit runners. 150mm deep x 1000mm wide. Other sizes and divider options available, please ask. FRAME DEPTH (mm) 370 450

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF SZAPOD150P370 SZAPOD150P450

PRICE £178.00 £188.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Plastic Drawers Ideal for storage of small items, the drawers tilt on integrated back stops to allow easy viewing and access. Light grey moulding. Dividers and labels are also available. DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 120 x 138 x 281 120 x 207 x 281 120 x 138 x 431

ORDER REF SZADU1GU SZADU2GU SZADU3GU

PRICE £5.50 £7.00 £7.00

Pull-Out Reference Shelf Provides a flat and stable work surface for document or file reference within the aisle. 1000mm wide. FRAME DEPTH (mm) 370 450

ORDER REF SZAPORS1-370 SZAPORS1-450

PRICE £109.00 £115.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC033

15/12/10

13:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING

✓Stable, strong, and no sharp edges! ✓Economical starter and extension bay system

STORAGE PRODUCTS

STORMOR Bin Units FROM

• Closed sides and backs keep items neatly together • 1850H x 900W x 300Dmm bays • 68kg load per shelf • Base plinth prevents accumulation of debris underneath • Light grey overall finish • Supplied ready for on-site assembly • Many more configurations are available – please enquire

184

£

12 Compartment

18 Compartment

Each compartment 300H x 450W x 300Dmm

Each compartment 300H x 300W x 300Dmm

Starter Bay REF SBU18593/12S PRICE £184.00

Starter Bay REF SBU18593/18S PRICE £204.00

Extension Bay REF SBU18593/12E PRICE £161.00

Extension Bay REF SBU18593/18E PRICE £181.00

32 Compartment

72 Compartment

Each compartment 225H x 225W x 300Dmm

Each compartment 150H x 150W x 300Dmm

Starter Bay REF SBU18593/32S PRICE £259.00

Starter Bay REF SBU18593/72S PRICE £404.00

Extension Bay REF SBU18593/32E PRICE £236.00

Extension Bay REF SBU18593/72E PRICE £381.00

Optional Colours UPRIGHTS

SHELVES & DIVIDERS

Stormor Grey (RAL 7035)

Stormor Grey (RAL 7035)

Suave Blue (BS 5252 20 E 56) Graphite Grey (BS 5252 18 A 14)

Bays listed are Stormor grey – alternative upright colours cost no more, but may not be available from stock.

Stormor Shelving System - Dividers

Full Height Compartment Dividers Document Dividers Slim profile divider ideal for paper and record storage. Ensures maximum use of shelf capacity. Easily relocated over the width of the shelf every 75mm. DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 300 x 300 400 x 300 450 x 300 300 x 370 400 x 370 450 x 370 300 x 450 400 x 450 450 x 450

ORDER REF SZDF300300 SZDF400300 SZDF450300 SZDF300370 SZDF400370 SZDF450370 SZDF300450 SZDF400450 SZDF450450

PRICE £3.50 £5.00 £5.50 £4.00 £6.50 £6.70 £4.50 £7.00 £7.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Partial Height Dividers

General Purpose Dividers Used to divide shelves horizontally into smaller storage compartments. Reinforced leading edge provides extra strength. Relocatable over the width of the shelf every 75mm. DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 300 x 300 400 x 300 450 x 300 400 x 370 450 x 370 300 x 450 400 x 450 450 x 450

ORDER REF 0300DF0300 0400DF0300 0450DF0300 0400DF0370 0450DF0370 0300DF0450 0400DF0450 0450DF0450

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £4.50 £5.50 £6.00 £6.00 £6.50 £5.50 £6.50 £7.00

Top / bottom Dividers 150mm high divider which slots either on top or below the shelf to provide storage compartments or support for files and similar tall material. DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 150 x 300 150 x 370 150 x 450 150 x 600

ORDER REF SZDP300 SZDP370 SZDP450 SZDP600

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £4.50 £5.00 £5.50 £6.50

Under-shelf Dividers Divider simply clips in under open shelves to hold books, files etc upright. Divider can be repositioned exactly as required across the whole width of the shelf. SHELF DEPTH (mm) 270-320 350-400

ORDER REF SZAUSD270-320 SZAUSD350-400

PRICE £9.00 £9.00

33

Call us for any size not listed

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC034

15/12/10

13:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING

Metaclip Rolled Edge Shelving ✓A fully adjustable system ideal for industrial and commercial environments • The side uprights have a ‘Rolled’ front edge for strength and to protect operatives when using the system • All shelves are pierced to accept dividers NOW AVAILABLE IN IVORY POWDER COAT

FROM £

Standard Height

1905mm with 6 shelves including top and bottom

Standard Width

900mm

Bay Capacity

454kg

Shelf Capacity

68kg (uniformly distributed load)

Finish

Epoxy powder coated grey or ivory

Open Backs

34

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/001 £121.00 CS/R/003 £133.00 CS/R/005 £151.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

121

Clad Backs EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/002 £105.00 CS/R/004 £114.00 CS/R/006 £128.00

TEL: 01446 772614

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/007 £153.00 CS/R/009 £166.00 CS/R/011 £184.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/008 £138.00 CS/R/010 £147.00 CS/R/012 £161.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC035

15/12/10

13:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING

4x2

6x2

8x2

8 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/013 £177.00 CS/R/015 £192.00 CS/R/017 £213.00

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/025 £209.00 CS/R/027 £226.00 CS/R/029 £249.00

8x3

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

8x4

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/043 £296.00 CS/R/045 £319.00 CS/R/047 £350.00

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/055 £352.00 CS/R/057 £378.00 CS/R/059 £413.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/038 £225.00 CS/R/040 £241.00 CS/R/042 £264.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/032 £238.00 CS/R/034 £255.00 CS/R/036 £278.00

12 x 6 36 Compartments

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/044 £281.00 CS/R/046 £300.00 CS/R/048 £327.00

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/049 £373.00 CS/R/051 £400.00 CS/R/053 £436.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/050 £357.00 CS/R/052 £381.00 CS/R/054 £413.00

72 Compartments

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/056 £336.00 CS/R/058 £359.00 CS/R/060 £390.00

TEL: 01446 772614

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/031 £253.00 CS/R/033 £274.00 CS/R/035 £301.00

12 x 3

32 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/037 £241.00 CS/R/039 £260.00 CS/R/041 £287.00

18 Compartments

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/026 £193.00 CS/R/028 £207.00 CS/R/030 £226.00

24 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

6x3 16 Compartments

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/014 £162.00 CS/R/016 £174.00 CS/R/018 £190.00

12 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Metaclip Rolled Edge Bin Units

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/061 £590.00 CS/R/063 £629.00 CS/R/065 £674.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/062 £574.00 CS/R/064 £610.00 CS/R/066 £651.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

35 2011


TC036

15/12/10

13:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING 5 LEVEL SHORTSPAN SHELVING 900mm AND 1200mm WIDE FROM

107

£

Speedrax Shortspan Shelving

✓5 level shortspan shelving 900mm and 1200mm wide • • • • •

Low cost general storage for any environment Quick and easy assembly - no nuts or bolts required Unrestricted access from all sides Shelves fully adjustable - every 40mm Hardwearing powder coated finish

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2080 x 900 x 300 2080 x 900 x 450 2080 x 900 x 600 2080 x 900 x 900 2080 x 1200 x 300 2080 x 1200 x 450 2080 x 1200 x 600 2080 x 1200 x 900

MAX SHELF LOAD (kg) 375 375 375 200 350 350 350 200

ORDER REF CS/S/001 CS/S/002 CS/S/003 CS/S/004 CS/S/005 CS/S/006 CS/S/007 CS/S/008

PRICE 1 £166.00 £172.00 £182.00 £202.00 £180.00 £188.00 £200.00 £224.00

PRICE 2-5 SUFFIX /2 £110.00 £116.00 £126.00 £146.00 £124.00 £132.00 £144.00 £168.00

PRICE 6+ SUFFIX /6 £107.00 £113.00 £124.00 £143.00 £121.00 £129.00 £141.00 £165.00

£ Quantity discounts

Speedrax Document Storage Shelving

✓Cost effective document storage shelving FROM £

173

DOCUMENT STORAGE SHELVING

• • • •

All bays complete with document boxes Quick and easy assembly - no nuts or bolts required Single and double depth units available Hardwearing powder coated finish

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2080 x 1200 x 450 2080 x 1200 x 900 2080 x 1800 x 450 2080 x 1800 x 900 2080 x 1800 x 450 2080 x 1800 x 900

NO. OF LEVELS 4 4 3 3 4 4

NO. OF BOXES 18 36 30 70 30 70

ORDER REF CS/S/050 CS/S/051 CS/S/052 CS/S/053 CS/S/054 CS/S/055

PRICE 1 £232.00 £322.00 £313.00 £474.00 £352.00 £523.00

PRICE 2-5 SUFFIX /2 £176.00 £266.00 £257.00 £418.00 £294.00 £467.00

PRICE 6+ SUFFIX /6 £173.00 £263.00 £255.00 £415.00 £293.00 £465.00

Document Storage Boxes • With printed "contents" panel • 270H x 340W x 450Dmm (ext) • Sold in packs of 10 REF CS/S/056 PRICE £30.50 36 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC037

15/12/10

13:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING

Speedrax Wide Access Shelving • • • • •

Perfect for the storage of hand loaded bulky items Quick and easy assembly - no nuts or bolts required High load capacity - up to 675kg UDL per shelf Shelves fully adjustable - every 40mm Hardwearing powder coated finish

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2080 x 1800 x 450 2080 x 1800 x 600 2080 x 1800 x 900 2080 x 2100 x 450 2080 x 2100 x 600 2080 x 2100 x 900 2080 x 2400 x 450 2080 x 2400 x 600 2080 x 2400 x 900

MAX SHELF LOAD (kg) 675 675 675 650 650 650 600 600 600

ORDER REF CS/S/020 CS/S/021 CS/S/022 CS/S/201 CS/S/202 CS/S/203 CS/S/023 CS/S/024 CS/S/025

PRICE 1 £222.00 £232.00 £259.00 £233.00 £239.00 £275.00 £244.00 £248.00 £289.00

FROM

163

£

PRICE 2-5 SUFFIX /2 £166.00 £176.00 £203.00 £177.00 £183.00 £219.00 £188.00 £192.00 £233.00

PRICE 6+ SUFFIX /6 £163.00 £173.00 £200.00 £174.00 £181.00 £216.00 £185.00 £189.00 £230.00

STORAGE PRODUCTS

✓3 level wide access shelving 1800mm, 2100mm, and 2400mm wide

Accessories

Floor Fixing Bracket

Joining Plate

Used to secure a shelving bay to the floor. The bracket should locate into the bottom slot and will accept a fixing up to 8mm dia. Please note that an FFB should always be used if the height to the top loaded shelf exceeds 4 times the depth of the bay. Blue epoxy powder coated finish.

Connect adjacent bays with a joining plate. Position two plates on the front and rear pairs of posts. Blue epoxy powder coated finish. SET OF FOUR REF CS/S/018 PRICE £5.40 FROM

REF CS/S/017 PRICE £1.20

£

ASSEMBLY MALLET REF CS/S/019 PRICE £5.40

275

Locking studs are included with all shelving bays

Speedrax Metabin Shelving

✓Ideal for small parts storage

• Complete with 5 chipboard shelves and 36 Metabin containers • Each container 276L x 222W x 165Hmm • Containers supplied yellow as standard other colours available please contact us for details • Hardwearing powder coated finish

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2080 x 900 x 300

NO. OF LEVELS 5

NO. OF BINS 36

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF CS/S/200

PRICE 1 £334.00

PRICE 2-5 SUFFIX /2 £278.00

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE 6+ SUFFIX /6 £275.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

37 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC038

15/12/10

13:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

...After 2 mins!

...after 7 mins!

...after 4 mins!

...finished in 10 mins!

RIVETIER ®

The Original Boltless Shelving

Budget Range

✓Extremely strong, up to 450 kg uniformly

Save on back to back shelving up to 915mm (3'0") deep with free access from either side

distributed load (U.D.L) per shelf

✓Unrestricted access from all sides - no cross bracing is required

• Quick and easy to assemble, less than 10 minutes to build each shelving unit. • No nuts and bolts, clips or fixings, only four simple components that just tap into place • Beam and post connection by patented, precision Rivet to Eye secure fixing - the strongest there is!

RB6154CS

159

£

• Fully adjustable shelves at 1.5" (38mm) increments • All shelf supports in pale grey

Uprights to 8' high & tie plates are available in three colours: Red

Blue

Dark Grey

Four Shelf Level Units, Height 6'6" (1980mm) • Decked with 18mm high density chipboard

Tie plates lock individual units together (4 required to link 2 units)

38

Upright Tie Plate REF RB060130CS PRICE £1.70 (each)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

BAY WIDTH

BAY DEPTH

6' (1830mm)

SHELF LOADING (UDL) 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

15" (380mm) 450kg

18" (458mm) 450kg

24" (610mm) 450kg

30" (762mm) 410kg

36" (915mm) 410kg

RB6154CS £159.00 RB615XSCS £33.00

RB6184CS £177.00 RB618XSCS £35.00

RB6244CS £180.00 RB624XSCS £36.00

RB6304CS £201.00 RB630XSCS £45.00

RB6364CS £225.00 RB636XSCS £47.00

Taller Shelving Units (Grey Uprights Only 10' Upwards) UPRIGHT HEIGHT EXTENDED TO ADDITIONAL UNIT COST

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF PRICE PER BAY

8' (2440mm) -8RB £22.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

10' (3050mm) -10RB £28.00

12' (3660mm) -12RB £50.00

15' 4570mm) -15RB £72.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC039

15/12/10

13:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LONGSPAN SHELVING

Heavy Duty

✓Up to 900kg U.D.L. load per shelf • Heavy duty shelving suitable for all applications • Wide uninterrupted spans • Huge range of sizes available

STORAGE PRODUCTS

RIVETIER ®

The Original Boltless Shelving

R5154CS

159

£

For larger quantities please call for a quotation

Up to 2440mm (8'0") uninterrupted Span

640kg

Uprights to 8' high & tie plates are available in three colours:

PER SHELF

Red Blue Dark Grey

Four Shelf Level Units, Height 6’6” (1980mm) • Decked with 18mm high density chipboard BAY WIDTH + SHELF LOADING 4' (1220mm) 810kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 5' (1525mm) 640kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 6' (1830mm) 660kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 7' (2135mm) 455kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 8' (2440mm) 455kg PER SHELF U.D.L.

DEPTH 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

15" (380mm) R4154CS £128 R415XSCS £23 R5154CS £159 R515XSCS £31 R6154CS £210 R615XSCS £44 R7154CS £240 R715XSCS £49 R8154CS £255 R815XSCS £55

18" (458mm) R4184CS £135 R418XSCS £25 R5184CS £166 R518XSCS £32 R6184CS £217 R618XSCS £45 R7184CS £237 R718XSCS £50 R8184CS £264 R818XSCS £60

24" (610mm) R4244CS £138 R424XSCS £25 R5244CS £168 R524XSCS £33 R6244CS £220 R624XSCS £46 R7244CS £240 R724XSCS £51 R8244CS £262 R824XSCS £57

30" (762mm) R4304CS £158 R430XSCS £30 R5304CS £206 R530XSCS £42 R6304CS £257 R630XSCS £55 R7304CS £277 R730XSCS £60 R8304CS £325 R830XSCS £69

36" (915mm) R4364CS £166 R436XSCS £32 R5364CS £214 R536XSCS £44 R6364CS £265 R636XSCS £56 R7364CS £285 R736XSCS £62 R8364CS £320 R836XSCS £71

48" (1220mm) R4484CS £183 R448XSCS £37 R5484CS £230 R548XSCS £49 R6484CS £282 R648XSCS £61 R7484CS £302 R748XSCS £66 R8484CS £342 R848XSCS £77

Taller Shelving Units (Grey Uprights Only 10' Upwards) UPRIGHT HEIGHT EXTENDED TO ADDITIONAL UNIT COST

ORDER REF PRICE PER BAY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

8' (2440mm) -8 £22.00

10' (3050mm) -10 £28.00

TEL: 01446 772614

12' (3660mm) -12 £50.00

Patented, precision, rivet to eye secure fixing

Plastic feet supplied with all uprights

Tie plates lock units together (4 required to link 2 units)

Shelf tie supports included where required

15' 4570mm) -15 £74.00

Upright Tie Plate REF 060130CS PRICE £1.70 (each) info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

39 2011


TC040

15/12/10

13:33

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING

375kg

Just

PER SHELF

Standard Duty Shelving

SX001GBGU

120

✓Simple, tap together, fully adjustable shelving for quick and economic storage solutions

£

• Take a standard bay and tailor it to your needs by adding shelf levels • Just Shelving maximises the storage of archive boxes, box files, arch files and many packaged stock items • 5-shelf units with 18mm chipboard decks • Bays comprise 4 uprights, 5 shelf levels with J-beams, feet and assembly instructions. • Bays will be supplied with red uprights and light grey beams unless specified otherwise

Standard Duty Five Shelf Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1980 x 900 x 300 1980 x 1200 x 300 1980 x 900 x 450 1980 x 1200 x 450

MAXIMUM SHELVING BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL SHELF LOAD ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 360kg SX001RDGU £120.00 SX101GU £16.00 350kg SX002RDGU £144.00 SX102GU £21.00 320kg SX004RDGU £132.00 SX104GU £19.00 350kg SX005RDGU £162.00 SX105GU £25.00 *RD in the references above denotes RED uprights. For blue substitute GB, and for dark grey substitute GX.

350kg

900 WIDE X 300 DEEP 5-SHELF STANDARD DUTY BAY

PER SHELF

1200 WIDE X 300 DEEP 5-SHELF STANDARD DUTY BAY

It’s so quick & easy! • Simple tap-together construction • No fiddly nuts and bolts • Bays assembled within ten minutes

Unpack and assemble the framework by simply tapping together...

SX002RDGU

144

£

...with the framework complete, just drop the shelves into position.

40 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC041

14/12/10

13:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONSTRUCTION TUBE STORAGE PRODUCTS

Simple, rapid assembly. Sketch your design, cut tube to length, and tap it together!

✓SIMPLE

✓STRONG

Display units, workstations, trolleys and furniture can all be assembled quickly and simply.

Tough glass-filled nylon joints tap together easily with a soft face hammer. No irritating loose inserts are needed!

✓COLOURFUL

✓VERSATILE

The 25mm square tubing is offered in a range of exciting colour finishes.

Castors, adjustable feet, glass or timber cladding extrusions plus all conceivable clips mean that every design can be achieved

B

G

A

Plain & Perforated Tube 25mm plain square tube, also perforated one or two sides PIC

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

A A A A B B B B

BLACK PLAIN 3m LENGTH RED PLAIN 3m LENGTH BLUE PLAIN 3m LENGTH NATURAL ALUMINIUM PLAIN 3m LENGTH BLACK PERF 1 SIDE 3m LENGTH BLACK PERF 2 SIDES 3m LENGTH CHROME PERF 1 SIDE 2m LENGTH CHROME PERF 2 SIDES 2m LENGTH

TSBK3 TSRD3 TSBU3 TACA TS1PBK TS2PBK TS1PCB TS2PCB

PRICE EACH £18.00 £18.00 £18.00 £29.00 £27.00 £31.00 £35.00 £40.00

H

J

L

K

N

M

Tube Connecting Joints PIC

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

G H J K L M N

2-WAY 3-WAY 3-WAY FLAT 4-WAY 4-WAY FLAT 5-WAY 6-WAY

2WBK 3WBK 3WFBK 4WBK 4WFBK 5WBK 6WBK

PRICE EACH £5.50 £6.50 £6.50 £7.50 £7.50 £9.00 £10.00

C

Single Finned Tube 25mm square extruded aluminium tube. The fin provides a support for either 15mm board or 6mm glass. PIC

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

C

BLACK ANODISED 3m LENGTH

TASUVBK

D

O

PRICE EACH £42.00

P

R

F

Q

S

Clips PIC

E

O P

Wheels & Castors PIC D E F -

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

LIGHT DUTY CASTOR 50mm DIA. MEDIUM DUTY CASTOR 70mm DIA. LIGHT DUTY WHEEL 100mm DIA. LIGHT DUTY WHEEL 100mm WITH BRAKE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

LDC MDC LDW LDWB

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE EACH £11.00 £24.00 £17.00 £25.00

Q R S

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF CSA/1

ADJUSTABLE SHELF CLIP (PERF) INVISIBLE SHELF CLIP (PERF) – HIDDEN SUPPORT FOR 15mm BOARD CI15/1 GLASS SHELF CLIP – SUPPORTS 6mm GLASS FLUSH WITH FRAME CGS/1 GLAZING CLIP – HOLDS ON TOP OF FRAME CGC/1 BENCH OR TROLLEY CLADDING CLIP TCC/1 Items marked (PERF) are for use with perforated tube only

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE EACH £1.50 £0.50 £0.80 £1.50 £0.75

www.storage-design.co.uk

41 2011


TC042

15/12/10

13:35

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

LONGSPAN SHELVING

System Shelfplan 3 BEAM LEVELS INCLUDING STEEL SHELVES

STARTER

SP-SB-002

440

£

EXTENSION

SP-EB-002

387

£

Finish FRAMES & BEAMS RAL 5010 BRACINGS ZINC PLATED

Frames are supplied with a galvatite footplate. This can be bolted to the ground where required. Beams are stepped to provide a flush surface when a shelf is installed. To guard against accidental dislodgement, a safety pin is inserted through the beam bracket and concealed behind the upright.

3-Beam Starter Bay

3-Beam Extension Bay

4-Beam Starter Bay

4-Beam Extension Bay

upto 1800mm

1000kg

2400mm

per shelf

1200mm 1800mm 2400mm

1200mm 1800mm 2400mm

1200mm 1800mm 2400mm

1200mm 1800mm 2400mm

1800mm High Bays - 3 Beam Levels with Galvatite Shelf Panels OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 1200 x 622 1800 x 1800 x 622 1800 x 2400 x 622 1800 x 1200 x 774 1800 x 1800 x 774 1800 x 2400 x 774 1800 x 1200 x 926 1800 x 1800 x 926 1800 x 2400 x 926

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 820 1000 600 780 1000 600 680 1000 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-SB-001 £347.00 SP-SB-002 £440.00 SP-SB-003 £536.00 SP-SB-004 £371.00 SP-SB-005 £476.00 SP-SB-006 £584.00 SP-SB-007 £397.00 SP-SB-008 £514.00 SP-SB-009 £634.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-EB-001 £294.00 SP-EB-002 £387.00 SP-EB-003 £483.00 SP-EB-004 £318.00 SP-EB-005 £423.00 SP-EB-006 £531.00 SP-EB-007 £343.00 SP-EB-008 £460.00 SP-EB-009 £580.00

EXTRA LEVELS ORDER REF PRICE SP-078 £81.00 SP-079 £112.00 SP-080 £144.00 SP-081 £88.00 SP-082 £123.00 SP-083 £159.00 SP-084 £96.00 SP-085 £135.00 SP-086 £175.00

2400mm High Bays - 4 Beam Levels with Galvatite Shelf Panels

42

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2400 x 1200 x 622 2400 x 1800 x 622 2400 x 2400 x 622 2400 x 1200 x 774 2400 x 1800 x 774 2400 x 2400 x 774 2400 x 1200 x 926 2400 x 1800 x 926 2400 x 2400 x 926

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 820 1000 600 780 1000 600 680 1000 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-SB-010 £470.00 SP-SB-011 £594.00 SP-SB-012 £722.00 SP-SB-013 £504.00 SP-SB-014 £644.00 SP-SB-015 £788.00 SP-SB-016 £538.00 SP-SB-017 £694.00 SP-SB-018 £854.00

TEL: 01446 772614

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-EB-010 £396.00 SP-EB-011 £520.00 SP-EB-012 £648.00 SP-EB-013 £429.00 SP-EB-014 £569.00 SP-EB-015 £713.00 SP-EB-016 £462.00 SP-EB-017 £618.00 SP-EB-018 £777.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTRA LEVELS ORDER REF PRICE SP-001 £81.00 SP-002 £112.00 SP-003 £144.00 SP-004 £88.00 SP-005 £123.00 SP-006 £159.00 SP-007 £96.00 SP-008 £135.00 SP-009 £175.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC043

14/12/10

13:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING

✓Designed to be easily customised to a customer’s needs and created for the storage of small parts

✓Simple to assemble, strong and stable

• Made of high quality cold rolled sheet metal • Powder coated finish • Choice of three heights; 2020mm, 2295mm and 2480mm • Frame depths of 300, 400, 500 or 600mm • Choice of two shelf lengths 1000mm and 1280mm • Shelf loads of 150kg & 200kg UDL • Bay load capacities of 750kg & 1000kg • Resilient powder coat finish to uprights and shelves • Pre-galvanised finish to back and frame cladding

STORAGE PRODUCTS

S90 Shelving

Uprights and shelves painted contrasting shades of grey FROM £

240

UPRIGHTS

DARK GREY

SHELVES

LIGHT GREY

Choice of heights, depths and shelf lengths available. Call us for more info.

Perfect for small parts storage and hand picking operations

Narrow shelves for easy identification and picking small items

Ideal in storage areas where traditional order picking is carried out manually

Shelf dividers, 140mm high, are available to keep items on shelves separated and easy to find

2020mm High x 1000mm Wide Bays - 5 Shelves Bays with Bracing SHELF DEPTH (mm) 300 400 500 600

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 150 200 200 200

STARTER BAY WITH BRACING ORDER REF PRICE S90-SB300 £240.00 S90-SB400 £255.00 S90-SB500 £270.00 S90-SB600 £285.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE S90-EB300 £180.00 S90-EB400 £195.00 S90-EB500 £210.00 S90-EB600 £225.00

EXTENSION BAY WITH BRACING ORDER REF PRICE S90-EBB300 £195.00 S90-EBB400 £210.00 S90-EBB500 £225.00 S90-EBB600 £240.00

Other sizes available. Please call us.

2020mm High x 1000mm Wide Bays - 5 Shelves Bays with Back Cladding SHELF DEPTH (mm) 300 400 500 600

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 150 200 200 200

STARTER BAY WITH BACK CLADDING ORDER REF PRICE S90-SBC300 £280.00 S90-SBC400 £295.00 S90-SBC500 £310.00 S90-SBC600 £325.00

EXTENSION BAY WITH BACK CLADDING ORDER REF PRICE S90-EBC300 £235.00 S90-EBC400 £250.00 S90-EBC500 £265.00 S90-EBC600 £280.00

Other sizes available. Please call us.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

43 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC044

15/12/10

13:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

LONGSPAN SHELVING

COMPLETE

900kg

RH1890/2/3

517

£

3-SHELF STARTER & EXTENSION 1850W x 900Dmm

UE AL TOP V

A

TOP V

CAPACITY

LUE

ON SELECTED ITEMS

RH9540S

£174

Budget Longspan Shelving Bays

✓Fully adjustable heavy duty shelving ✓Up to 1215kg U.D.L. load per shelf • Stepped beams with flush fitting decks • Four shelf depths: 400, 600, 800, 900mm • Six bay widths: 950, 1150, 1350, 1500, 1850, 2400mm • Four shelf levels are normally supplied – you may add or deduct shelves as required

Four Shelf Level Bays WIDTH / SHELF LOADING 950mm 1215kg per shelf 1150mm 940kg per shelf 1350mm 775kg per shelf 1500mm 1025kg per shelf 1850mm 800kg per shelf 2400mm 505kg per shelf

• Stepped beams with flush fitting 18mm high density chipboard, unit height 2000mm

DESCRIPTION STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

DEPTH 400mm REF PRICE RH9540S £174.00 RH9540E £142.00 RH9540ES £43.00 RH1140S £179.00 RH1140E £147.00 RH1140ES £51.00 RH1340S £192.00 RH1340E £161.00 RH1340ES £53.00 RH1540S £219.00 RH1540E £187.00 RH1540ES £59.00 RH1840S £229.00 RH1840E £197.00 RH1840ES £63.00 RH2440S £292.00 RH2440E £260.00 RH2440ES £72.00

DEPTH 600mm REF PRICE RH9560S £189.00 RH9560E £158.00 RH9560ES £48.00 RH1160S £227.00 RH1160E £195.00 RH1160ES £56.00 RH1360S £237.00 RH1360E £205.00 RH1360ES £61.00 RH1560S £256.00 RH1560E £224.00 RH1560ES £62.00 RH1860S £268.00 RH1860E £235.00 RH1860ES £65.00 RH2460S £326.00 RH2460E £293.00 RH2460ES £80.00

DEPTH 800mm REF PRICE RH9580S £205.00 RH9580E £171.00 RH9580ES £51.00 RH1180S £256.00 RH1180E £234.00 RH1180ES £64.00 RH1380S £274.00 RH1380E £239.00 RH1380ES £67.00 RH1580S £284.00 RH1580E £266.00 RH1580ES £73.00 RH1880S £322.00 RH1880E £289.00 RH1880ES £77.00 RH2480S £353.00 RH2480E £319.00 RH2480ES £86.00

DEPTH 900mm REF PRICE RH9590S £216.00 RH9590E £184.00 RH9590ES £56.00 RH1190S £258.00 RH1190E £235.00 RH1190ES £64.00 RH1390S £276.00 RH1390E £250.00 RH1390ES £75.00 RH1590S £295.00 RH1590E £264.00 RH1590ES £78.00 RH1890S £351.00 RH1890E £327.00 RH1890ES £98.00 RH2490S £414.00 RH2490E £392.00 RH2490ES £102.00

Accessories

44

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

Aisle spacer 800mm Frame connector Decking support 600mm Decking support 800mm Decking support 900mm

RHAS RHFC RH6 RH8 RH9

£6.50 £6.50 £4.00 £4.80 £5.60

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TALLER SHELVING UNITS CAN BE SUPPLIED AS DETAILED BELOW UPRIGHT HEIGHT EXTENDED TO ADDITIONAL UNIT COST

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF PRICE PER BAY

2500mm

3000mm

3500mm

4000mm

-25 £16.00

-30 £23.00

-35 £35.00

-40 £45.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC045

15/12/10

13:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LONGSPAN SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

COMPLETE

LS001SC

735

£

786kg PER SHELF

We can offer many alternative sizes and a wide range of accessories. Please call us for advice or on-site assistance, entirely without obligation.

ALL CHIPBOARD SHELF LOADS ARE CALCULATED BASED UPON THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PARTICLE BOARD SPECIFICATION STANDARD BS EN 312:2003

Starter and Extension Kit Each Bay 2700H x 1500W x 600Dmm REF LS001SC PRICE £735.00

Premium Longspan Shelving Bays

✓Bolt free construction for simple, rapid assembly ✓Quickly adjustable, with positive location of beams • Supplied as complete kits. Contains uprights (2 in starter bay, 1 in extension bay kit), 3 pairs of beams and shelf material, locking clips, feet and where applicable wire beam ties • Accepts steel or chipboard decking • Locking clips secure beams in position • Footplates included with all frames • Spans up to 2.7 metres • Depths up to 1.2 metres • Attractive graphite and light grey finish

Steel decks add greater strength and rigidity

3-Shelf Longspan Kits With Chipboard Decks DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 1800 x 600 1800 x 2100 x 600 1800 x 1800 x 900 1800 x 2100 x 900 2400 x 1800 x 600 2400 x 2100 x 600 2400 x 1800 x 900 2400 x 2100 x 900

SHELF LOAD* (kg) 441 515 393 459 441 515 393 459

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 1800 x 600 1800 x 2100 x 600 1800 x 1800 x 900 1800 x 2100 x 900 2400 x 1800 x 600 2400 x 2100 x 600 2400 x 1800 x 900 2400 x 2100 x 900

SHELF LOAD* (kg) 786 596 786 596 786 596 786 596

STARTER BAY ORDER REF LS18618C LS21618C LS18918C LS21918C LS18624C LS21624C LS18924C LS21924C

EXTENSION BAY PRICE £363.00 £387.00 £392.00 £444.00 £409.00 £433.00 £444.00 £495.00

ORDER REF LE18618C LE21618C LE18918C LE21918C LE18624C LE21624C LE18924C LE21924C

PRICE £298.00 £323.00 £323.00 £374.00 £322.00 £346.00 £349.00 £400.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF LE18618F LE21618F LE18918F LE21918F LE18624F LE21624F LE18924F LE21924F

PRICE £427.00 £487.00 £499.00 £571.00 £450.00 £511.00 £525.00 £597.00

3-Shelf Longspan Kits With Steel Decks STARTER BAY ORDER REF LS18618F LS21618F LS18918F LS21918F LS18624F LS21624F LS18924F LS21924F

PRICE £491.00 £522.00 £568.00 £641.00 £538.00 £598.00 £620.00 £692.00

45

* Quoted shelf loads are for uniformly distributed loads

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC046

15/12/10

13:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

PALLET RACKING

Adjustable Pallet Racking ✓Simple and quick to install using standard tools • Frames are pierced on a 75mm pitch to allow for positioning of beams • Beam loads are 2000kg per pair, uniformly distributed load • Graphite grey uprights, galvanised cross braces and high visibility yellow finish beams

Other frame heights, depths, beam lengths and load capacities are available. Please contact us for further information

STARTER

CS/A

468

£

EXTENSION

CS/AE

347

£

TYPE STARTER EXTENSION STARTER EXTENSION STARTER EXTENSION STARTER EXTENSION STARTER EXTENSION STARTER EXTENSION

HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH BEAM LEVELS TO SUIT PALLET SIZE ORDER REF (mm) (mm) (mm) W x D (mm) 3000 2700 900 2 1200 x 1000 CS/A 3000 2700 900 2 1200 x 1000 CS/AE 4800 2700 900 3 1200 x 1000 CS/B 4800 2700 900 3 1200 x 1000 CS/BE 6000 2700 900 4 1200 x 1000 CS/C 6000 2700 900 4 1200 x 1000 CS/CE 3000 2700 1100 2 1200 x 1200 CS/D 3000 2700 1100 2 1200 x 1200 CS/DE 4800 2700 1100 3 1200 x 1200 CS/E 4800 2700 1100 3 1200 x 1200 CS/EE 6000 2700 1100 4 1200 x 1200 CS/F 6000 2700 1100 4 1200 x 1200 CS/FE NOTE: ALL SIZES QUOTED ARE NOMINAL IN MILLIMETRES. PALLET WEIGHTS ARE ASSUMED TO BE 1000KG EACH

PRICE £468.00 £347.00 £686.00 £511.00 £869.00 £658.00 £476.00 £351.00 £697.00 £517.00 £881.00 £664.00

It is recommended that all bays be securely floor fixed - customers must ensure that existing floors are suitable for the loads imposed upon them

2000kg PER LEVEL

STARTER BAY EXAMPLE

EXTENSION BAY EXAMPLE

U Type protector • Fits around racking uprights 550H x 130Wmm • Heavy duty steel construction • High visibility yellow finish 46

REF UPB3B4YQ PRICE £52.00 EACH REF FAS1240 PRICE £3.00 FIXINGS STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC047

15/12/10

13:39

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PALLET RACKING

Premierack Pallet Racking

STORAGE PRODUCTS

✓Standard pallet racking bays ideal for small to medium size warehouses and storage areas • Cost effective racking system to suit a wide range of storage applications • Load capacity up to 7660kg per frame • Adjustable 50mm beam pitch • 90mm wide uprights with bolted horizontal and diagonal bracing • Tough epoxy powder coated blue and orange finish Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

Starter Bay

Extension Bay

2500H x 2700W x 900Dmm

2500H x 2700W x 900Dmm

PPR-SB-004

PPR-EB-004

£555

£402

CAPACITY

1280kg PER LEVEL UDL

Depth 900mm

1350mm Wide x 900mm Deep Bays, 2 Beam Levels TO SUIT ONE PALLET 1200W x 1000Dmm PER LEVEL

1350 mm

1350 mm

DIMENSIONS STARTER BAY H x W x D (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 2500 x 1350 x 900 PPR-SB-001 £428.00 3000 x 1350 x 900 PPR-SB-002 £454.00 3500 x 1350 x 900 PPR-SB-003 £508.00 ADDITIONAL PAIR OF BEAMS TO SUIT - 1350mm LONG

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE PPR-EB-001 £275.00 PPR-EB-002 £288.00 PPR-EB-003 £315.00 PPR-001 £61.00

CAPACITY

2000kg PER LEVEL UDL

2700mm Wide x 900mm Deep Bays, 2 Beam Levels TO SUIT TWO PALLETS 1200W x 1000Dmm PER LEVEL

Depth 900mm 2700mm

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE PPR-EB-004 £402.00 PPR-EB-005 £415.00 PPR-EB-006 £442.00 PPR-002 £125.00

2700mm

2700mm Wide x 1100mm Deep Bays, 2 Beam Levels

CAPACITY

2000kg

TO SUIT

PER LEVEL UDL

THREE PALLETS 800W x 1200Dmm PER LEVEL

Depth 1100mm 2700mm

DIMENSIONS STARTER BAY H x W x D (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 2500 x 2700 x 900 PPR-SB-004 £555.00 3000 x 2700 x 900 PPR-SB-005 £581.00 3500 x 2700 x 900 PPR-SB-006 £635.00 ADDITIONAL PAIR OF BEAMS TO SUIT - 2700mm LONG

2700mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DIMENSIONS STARTER BAY H x W x D (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 2500 x 2700 x 1100 PPR-SB-007 £566.00 3000 x 2700 x 1100 PPR-SB-008 £593.00 3500 x 2700 x 1100 PPR-SB-009 £648.00 ADDITIONAL PAIR OF BEAMS TO SUIT - 2700mm LONG

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE PPR-EB-007 £408.00 PPR-EB-008 £421.00 PPR-EB-009 £449.00 PPR-002 £125.00

Important notes: Load must be uniformly distributed over the entire length of the beams. Maximum first beam level: 1800mm, Minimum number of bays: 2, Minimum number of levels: 2 Single fixing bolt per footplate required

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

47


TC048

15/12/10

13:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

Nylon Net Pallet Rack Guarding

The complete low cost, flexible protection system for all retail & industrial applications

✓Proven & safety tested system

✓Pre-engineered, easy to install bolted system means no special tools or cutting on site

✓Allows for free flow of light, air or sprinkler system operation • Universal extensions available to suit all racking manufacturers • Protects stock on top beam level • Will not corrode, rust, peel, rot or dent • Will not affect integrity of the rack • 100 x 100mm mesh gives 1000kg capacity

Flush Mount

Offset Mount

• Used when there is no pallet or load overhang

• Used when there is a pallet or load overhang • Adjustable from 25-300mm

Budget price per square metre REF NEN1 PRICE £15.00

Call us for a free site survey & quotation

Budget price per square metre REF NEN2 PRICE £18.00

Budget prices are based on a minimum of 20m2

Mezzanine Guards

✓Placed around a mezzanine perimeter the net protects the personnel below and stored products on the floor • Can replace or easily attach to existing handrails • Any height available Budget price per linear metre 1050mm high REF NEN3 PRICE £15.00

Aisle & Door Blockades

✓Used to prevent product spillage or pedestrian access • Quick and easy to install • Decreases liability and limits access • Adjustable & versatile • Visual safety barrier • Debris containment • Rated & tested to 680kg APERTURE WIDTH (mm) 2134 - 2743 2744 - 3352 3353 - 3962 3963 - 4571 4572 - 5182

PANEL HEIGHT (mm) 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

ORDER REF AISLE NABB - 8 NABB - 10 NABB - 12 NABB - 14 NABB - 16

ORDER REF DOOR NBB - 8 NBB - 10 NBB - 12 NBB - 14 NBB - 16

PRICE £139.00 £160.00 £190.00 £215.00 £237.00

Price includes 1 net with 4 S hooks, 4 eye bolts & 2 tension straps

48

DOOR BLOCKADES STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

AISLE BLOCKADE info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC049

15/12/10

13:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

1000kg / 1500kg CAPACITY UDL PER SHELF

WIRE MESH DECKING TO USE 1 x 1320 wide 2 x 1118 wide 2 x 1320 wide 3 x 1118 wide 2 x 1118 wide and 1 x 1320 wide 2 x 1320 wide and 1 x 1118 wide

STORAGE PRODUCTS

FOR BEAM WIDTH 1350 2250 2700 3350 3600 3900

WIRE MESH DIVIDERS AVAILABLE

Wire Mesh Decking

✓Mesh decking will increase the versatility of pallet racking, great for cartons, irregular loads or individual components

Superior finish - heavy gauge wire is welded first, then powder coated grey for maximum durability and rust-free life • Easy to install - drops into place, no fastening required • Ideal for storage above walk aisles or high bay rack systems • Will work with any top thickness of box or step down beam • Fire retardant & maintains integrity of overhead sprinkler coverage - a fire safety choice • Other sizes are available to order DESCRIPTION MESH DECK 1000KGS

MESH DECK 1500KGS MESH DIVIDER

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1118 x 910 1118 x 1110 1320 x 910 1320 x 1110 1320 x 910 1320 x 1110 HEIGHT 300 x 900 HEIGHT 300 x 1100

ORDER REF

PRICE 1-20

ND355X44 ND435X44 ND355X52 ND435X52 ND355X52H ND435X52H ND900X300 ND1100X300

£19.10 £22.50 £20.90 £26.80 £24.00 £27.20 £9.10 £9.80

PRICE 21-50 SUFFIX /21 £18.60 £22.00 £20.40 £26.10 £23.50 £26.50 £8.90 £9.50

PRICE 51-100 SUFFIX /51 £18.20 £21.40 £19.90 £25.50 £22.90 £25.90 £8.70 £9.30

PRICE 101+ SUFFIX /101 £17.70 £20.90 £19.40 £24.90 £22.30 £25.30 £8.60 £9.10

Rack Deflektor

✓High visibility impact protection for warehouse applications • Tough polyethylene outer shell resists impacts, no rust, no dents • Integral rubber inner shock absorber spreads impact loads • Unique clip on installation suits major pallet racking models • Slim line design provides a safe working clearance • Compliant to BS6399-1, rated to 150kN • U.V stabilised, no fading or degradation • No floor damage from uplifted feet anchors therefore reducing floor maintenance DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 500 x 104

TO SUIT FRAME WIDTH (mm) 75 - 90

ORDER REF

1-20

NDCGS

£15.70

21-50 SUFFIX /21 £15.40

51-100 SUFFIX /51 £14.90

101+ SUFFIX /101 £14.20

49 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC050

15/12/10

14:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

Corner Sentry

Concrete Sentry

• 1070mm high, absorbs & cushions impact to protect your wall corners • Retains shape after impact • Fits most 90º corner applications • Soft exterior will not scratch vehicles and resists cracking for long life • Easy installation, can be fastened with bolts or screws, adhesives and strapping available

• Sheets with strong plastic outer skin filled with 50mm thick layer of shock absorbing foam • 2 protective sheets 1070mm high and 1120mm wide • 2 restraining straps 3300mm long • Inner diameter without modification is 610mm • Versatile and flexible, sheets can be cut

REF CS01 PRICE £90.00

REF CW0244-42KIT PRICE £504.00

CW0244-42KIT

£504 CS01

£90

Pallet Racking & Column Protection

✓Rack sentry and column sentry minimise the force of fork truck impact that can damage the structural integrity of your racks, floors, columns and of course vehicles and operators • Engineered from semi-flexible and stress-crack resistant plastic • Integral vent holes in sentry allow it to pop back to original shape after impact • Easy to install simple velcro strap fixing • Economical and simple to replace • Waterproof, easy-clean material with bright safety yellow finish • Stackable for protection at greater heights

Rack Upright Protectors

Designed to prevent damage to rack uprights from forklift trucks and pallet impact • Easily installed and replaceable • Painted in high visibility orange (RAL 2011) • Complete with floor fixings

FROM

£267

£ Quantity UCG2

discount

£61

2 Sided Guard • 400H x 200W x 200Dmm, 5mm thick REF UCG2 PRICE £61.00 Qty 5 REF UCG2/5 PRICE £40.00 each

FROM

£42

50

Rack Sentry

Column Sentry

457Hmm Rack Sentry prevents rack damage and accommodates most rack sizes including 75, 80, 90, 100mm & 120mm. Stackable for increased vertical protection, with versions to accommodate corners and horizontal beams

1070Hmm protectors available in a number of sizes designed to fit columns in most applications. A unique air-vent system allows air to escape during impact without splitting the sides.

TO SUIT UPRIGHT WIDTH (mm) 75 75, CORNER 75, WITH CUTOUT 80 90 100 120

PACK QUANTITY 18 16 18 16 14 14 10

ORDER REF RS75-18 RS75COR-16 RS75CUT-18 RS80-16 RS90-14 RS100-14 RS120-10

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £745.00 £666.00 £745.00 £666.00 £586.00 £586.00 £458.00

TO SUIT UPRIGHT (mm) 100 x 100 150 x 150 250 x 250 300 x 300 150 x 150 200 x 200 350 x 350 400 x 400 450 x 450 510 x 510

TEL: 01446 772614

OUTER DIA

ORDER REF

PRICE

14” 14” 24” 24” 24” 24” 34” 34” 38” 38”

CS1442-4S CS1442-6S CS2442-10S CS2442-12S CS2442-6S CS2442-8S CS3442-14S CS3442-16S CS3842-18S CS3842-20S

£267.00 £267.00 £440.00 £440.00 £440.00 £440.00 £589.00 £589.00 £719.00 £719.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

£ Quantity discount UCG3

£73

3 Sided Guard • 400H x 250D x 125mm (inside), 5mm thick REF UCG3 PRICE £73.00 Qty 5 REF UCG3/5 PRICE £47.00 each www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC051

15/12/10

14:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

✓The pallet rack safety screen for essential protection

BUDGET PRICE

34

£

• Simple, strong and effective • Spillage protection of palletised items • Fully welded grid for maximum security • Easily fitted to new or existing racking • Durable epoxy powder coat RAL7037 finish

(PER SQ METRE)

The ANTI-COLLAPSE SYSTEM is a simple and highly effective preventative measure, designed to combat the problems associated with spillage from the rear of racking. Each panel is constructed on a 19mm square section steel tube, with mesh apertures of 25 x 25mm, 50 x 50mm, or 100 x 50mm to suit various applications. The system is self supporting on its own stand-off brackets which provide maximum strength and space for projecting items.

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Anti-Collapse (Musca) Safety System

GUIDE PRICES FOR ANTI COLLAPSE SYSTEM £34 PER SQUARE METRE STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

51 2011


TC052

15/12/10

14:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CANTILEVER RACKING STORAGE PRODUCTS

Bespoke manufacturing with tailored designs to suit your particular application at a competitive price. Please call with your requirements

Arms are connected to uprights with two bolts and arm height is adjustable in 150mm increments WLD3

1027

£

LIGHT DUTY RACKING

Arm variations

Removable retaining pins

Cantilever Racks

✓Each rack manufactured to your specific requirements • Arm capacity from 20kg to 2000kg (UDL) • Height and arm levels variable to suit your need, standard vertical pitch is 150mm • Load notices for safe working load supplied with all racks • Black uprights and yellow arms as standard – other colours and finishes available (eg. galvanised) • All racks include shims and floor fixings • Experienced installation teams • Choose from the selection below or contact us with your specific requirements - double sided racks available

Tyre/Head guards available on all cantilever racking

Cantilever Racking - 3 Upright Racks

52

PRODUCT TYPE LIGHT DUTY MEDIUM DUTY HEAVY DUTY

UPRIGHT HEIGHT 2700mm 4500mm 6000mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ARM LENGTH 800mm 1000mm 1200mm

UPRIGHT CENTRES 1000mm 1200mm 1500mm

TEL: 01446 772614

ARMS 3 4 5

ARM CAPACITY 250kg 500kg 1000kg

ORDER REF WLD3 WMD4 WHD5

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £1027.00 £1500.00 £2213.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC053

11/1/11

10:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CANTILEVER RACKING STORAGE PRODUCTS

Large scale double sided cantilever project

Cantilever Racks

✓Large scale projects and specialist applications

Exterior timber storage with canopy

• Free on-site consultation/survey to discuss your requirements • We can undertake both new fit outs or re-fits, integrating with existing racking if required • In-house design team available • Specialist applications of any size considered • Canopies, continuous roofing, cladding and shelving can be incorporated • Creates more space and ensures easier access to stock • Ability to manage your projects from initial quotation through to installation • Structured manufacture and delivery ensures as little on-site disruption as possible • Helps utilise full height of buildings • Suitable for internal & external applications Please contact us for details of pricing or for a site survey and quotation

£ Quantity discount

Safety head guard accessories

Continuous roof structure

Galvanised multipurpose storage

Installation service

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

53 2011


TC054

14/12/10

13:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

COMPLETE

12-550-KIT

Visible Storage Cabinets

646

£

✓A comprehensive range which combines stylish industrial design with practical accessories to provide efficient high density small parts storage • Two cabinet sizes available, each with seven different drawer combinations • Stand and trolley accessories offer convenient & effective storage for thousands of small components SAVE £100

Spacemiser Turntable • Free rotating ball bearing mechanism • Requires only 0.2m2 of floor space • Holds twelve 550 series cabinets • Provides locations for up to 4320 different components • 1730H x 500W x 500Dmm • Load capacity 400kg Spacemiser Turntable with 550 Series Cabinets (as shown) REF 12-550-KIT PRICE £646.00 Spacemiser Turntable (cabinets not included) REF 12-550 PRICE £169.00

EPOXY COATED SILVER-GREY FRAMES

Bench Top Spacemiser Double Sided Stand

Trolley

• Holds four 550 series cabinets • 1585H x 760W x 420Dmm • Load capacity 50kg

• Holds eight 550 series cabinets • 1585H x 760W x 600Dmm • Load capacity 100kg

Single Sided Stand (cabinets not included) REF BS-550L PRICE £207.00

Double Sided Stand (cabinets not included) REF BS-550T PRICE £219.00

• Holds eight 550 series cabinets • 1700H x 760W x 600Dmm • Four 100mm castors, 2 locking • Load capacity 150kg

Single Sided Stand

54

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Trolley (cabinets not included) REF BT-550 PRICE £261.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

• Ball bearing turntable provides quick and easy access to stored components • Holds two cabinets of 290/550 series • Load capacity 50kg Bench Top Spacemiser (cabinets not included) REF PTP-5 PRICE £62.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC055

15/12/10

14:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS: 290H x 310W x 180Dmm

STORAGE PRODUCTS

290-C3

26.90

£ 290

291

292

Combi Drawers 12 size 01 3 size 04 1 size 06 294

296

297

290 Series Cabinets CABINET 290 291 292 294 296 297 290 COMBI

DRAWERS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) 37 x 55 x 175 37 x 69 x 175 37 x 138 x 175 59 x 92 x 175 59 x 227 x 175 81 x 138 x 175 -

NUMBER OF DRAWERS 30 SIZE 00 24 SIZE 01 12 SIZE 02 12 SIZE 04 4 SIZE 06 6 SIZE 07 12x01 3x04 1x06

ORDER REF 290-3 291-3 292-3 294-3 296-3 297-3 290-C3

PRICE

290 Series Cabinets

£26.90 £26.90 £26.90 £26.90 £26.90 £26.90 £26.90

• Robust grey polypropylene cases 290H x 310W x 180Dmm • Galvanised steel shelves • Crystal clear polystyrene drawers, complete with labels • Drawer handles are recessed within the cabinet frame, for greater protection • Optional drawer dividers - across the drawer and along its length • Can be wall hung or maybe placed on a worktop • Two units can be used with a Benchtop Spacemiser

Drawer Dividers For 290/550 Series Cabinets DRAWER SIZE 00 01 02 04 06 07

CROSS DIVIDERS (PACK OF 10) ORDER REF PRICE V-00 £1.60 V-01 £1.70 V-02 £2.20 V-04 £2.30 V-06 £4.40 V-07 £3.60

LENGTH DIVIDERS (PACK OF 10) ORDER REF PRICE V-012 £3.00 V-012 £3.00 V-0456 £3.10 V-0456 £3.10 V-078 £3.80

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS: 550H x 310W x 180Dmm

550-C3

48.10

£

Combi Drawers 550

551

552

554

556

557

24 size 01 6 size 04 2 size 06

550 Series Cabinets

550 Series Cabinets CABINET 550 551 552 554 556 557 550 COMBI

DRAWERS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) 37 x 55 x 175 37 x 69 x 175 37 x 138 x 175 59 x 92 x 175 59 x 227 x 175 81 x 138 x 175 -

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

NUMBER OF DRAWERS 60 SIZE 00 48 SIZE 01 24 SIZE 02 24 SIZE 04 8 SIZE 06 12 SIZE 07 24x01 6x04 2x06

ORDER REF 550-3 551-3 552-3 554-3 556-3 557-3 550-C3

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £48.10 £48.10 £48.10 £48.10 £48.10 £48.10 £48.10

• Robust grey polypropylene cases 550H x 310W x 180Dmm • General specification as 290 series described above • Can be wall hung or maybe placed on a worktop • Can be mounted on stands and trolleys • Two units can be used with a Benchtop Spacemiser • Twelve units can be used with a Spacemiser turntable

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

55 2011


TC056

15/12/10

14:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

Shelf Bins

STORAGE PRODUCTS

✓Ideal storage of small/medium workshop sized items in production and store areas

• Particularly suitable for use in automated small parts retrieval systems, mobile or standard shelves with a depth 300, 400, 500, 600mm • The corrugated base design eases the picking of the smallest of items • These bins stack securely, as do bins of different depths when the width is the same • Coloured polypropylene, clear polystyrene • Full width label with protective shield is included with the bin

FROM

2.80

£

Cross Dividers • Sold in packs of ten DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 75 x 70 110 x 90 167 x 70 OUTER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 300 x 92 x 82 300 x 132 x 100 300 x 186 x 82 400 x 92 x 82 400 x 132 x 100 400 x 186 x 82 500 x 92 x 82 500 x 132 x 100 500 x 186 x 82 600 x 132 x 100 600 x 186 x 82

INNER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 257 x 75 x 70 257 x 110 x 90 257 x 167 x 70 375 x 75 x 70 357 x 110 x 90 357 x 167 x 70 457 x 75 x 70 457 x 110 x 90 457 x 167 x 70 557 x 110 x 90 557 x 167 x 70

CARTON QTY 30 30 15 30 20 15 30 20 15 15 15

GREY 3010-3 3015-3 3020-3 4010-3 4015-3 4020-3 5010-3 5015-3 5020-3 6015-3 6020-3

COLOUR SHELF BINS RED BLUE 3010-5 3010-6 3015-5 3015-6 3020-5 3020-6 4010-5 4010-6 4015-5 4015-6 4020-5 4020-6 5010-5 5010-6 5015-5 5015-6 5020-5 5020-6 6015-5 6015-6 6020-5 6020-6

PRICE £84.00 £111.00 £63.00 £99.00 £92.00 £72.00 £126.00 £108.00 £87.00 £95.00 £98.00

DIVIDER REF D.10 D.15 D.20

PACK PRICE £3.40 £4.40 £5.80

CRYSTAL CLEAR REF PRICE 3010-1 £93.00 3015-1 £117.00 3020-1 £65.00 4010-1 £108.00 4015-1 £94.00 4020-1 £78.00 5010-1 £138.00 5020-1 £92.00 6020-1 £102.00

FROM

327

£

An efficient storage system saves space and increases your productivity!

Bins have a corrugated base which eases the picking of very small items

High Density Storage

High Density Storage

✓A compact storage system offering 336 different items stored on a floor area of only 0.25sqm

✓240kg load capacity, 30kg per shelf,

CABINET H x W x D (mm) 870 x 605 x 410 870 x 605 x 410

BINS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) (24) 82 x 186 x 400 (48) 82 x 92 x 400

• Robust construction for use in workshop or stores • Cabinets have grey epoxy enamelled steel frames • Shelf bins with backstops, labels and protective shields included • Adjustable feet for fine levelling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

COLOUR REF BLUE GREY 2440-6 2440-3 4840-6 4840-3

PRICE £327.00 £360.00

Accessories

mobile unit 150kg capacity

56

RED 2440-5 4840-5

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

4 PIECE CASTOR SET, 100mm DIA, 2 WITH BRAKES RETAINING BARS, 8 PIECES FOR BOTH CABINETS DRAWER DIVIDERS TO SUIT BIN SIZE 2440 (10 PACK) DRAWER DIVIDERS TO SUIT BIN SIZE 4840 (10 PACK)

PS-LH A-605 D20 D10

£74.00 £33.60 £5.80 £3.40

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC057

15/12/10

14:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

Turntables

✓Huge 800kg total load capacity

STORAGE PRODUCTS

COMPLETE

16-400-KIT

1659

£

• Precision ball bearing base • Accommodate 16 cabinets of the 04, 08, 16 series (not 1230/1240) Turntable for 300mm deep cabinets 1680H x 700W x 700Dmm

SAVE £255

REF 16-300 PRICE £355.00 Turntable for 400mm deep cabinets 1680H x 800W x 800Dmm REF 16-400 PRICE £386.00 Turntable complete with 400mm deep cabinets shown REF 16-400-KIT PRICE £1659.00

Storage Bin Cabinets

✓Grey epoxy enamelled cabinets for larger loads • Can be wall hung • Can stand on the worktop • Can be stacked vertically • Can be mounted on a turntable

CONTAINER COLOURS Grey

Blue

Red

Cross dividers are available

0830

Labels with protective shields are included

1630

0840

Corrugated bases for quicker small item picking

1640

0440

Storage Bin Cabinets CABINET H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 300 395 x 400 x 300 395 x 400 x 400 395 x 400 x 400 395 x 400 x 400 465 x 425 x 300 465 x 425 x 400

BINS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) (8) 82 x 186 x 300 (16) 82 x 92 x 300 (8) 82 x 186 x 400 (16) 82 x 92 x 400 (4) 180 x 186 x 400 (12) 100 x 132 x 300 (12) 100 x 132 x 400

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

RED 0830-5 1630-5 0840-5 1640-5 0440-5 1230-5 1240-5

COLOUR REF BLUE 0830-6 1630-6 0840-6 1640-6 0440-6 1230-6 1240-6

Optional retainer bars for mobile service and maintenance vehicles

1230

1240

Accessories PRICE GREY 0830-3 1630-3 0840-3 1640-3 1230-3 1240-3

TEL: 01446 772614

£79.00 £87.00 £88.00 £103.00 £85.00 £104.00 £121.00

SUITS CABINET 0830 1630 0840 1640 0440 1230 1240

CROSS DIVIDERS (PACK OF 10) ORDER REF PRICE D-20 £5.80 D-10 £3.40 D-20 £5.80 D-10 £3.40 V-40 £14.00 D-15 £4.40 D-15 £4.40

info@storage-design.co.uk

RETAINING BARS (PACK OF 4) ORDER REF PRICE A-400 £9.60 A-400 £9.60 A-400 £9.60 A-400 £9.60 A-400 £9.60 A-425 £9.60 A-425 £9.60

www.storage-design.co.uk

57 2011


TC058

14/12/10

13:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

A

LUE

TOP V

Tilt Box Visible Storage System

UE AL TOP V

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

✓The tilt box system is based on a range of clip together injection

moulded plastic housings. These contain transparent forward tilting boxes which give easy access to the components stored.

• Highly visibility, high density small parts storage • Dust free protective storage • Manufactured from high impact plastic • Comfort grip handle with label holder • All modules are 600mm wide • 5 different bin sizes

MODULE 9

MODULE 6

MODULE 5

KITTED RACK

TILT LOCKING BARS OPTIONAL EXTRA

MODULE 4

MODULE 3

02513027

02513026

STARTER KIT

86.70

63.30

£

£

BENCH KIT

Tilt Storage Boxes MODULE

58

9 6 5 4 3 STARTER BENCH EMPTY RACK KITTED RACK

HOUSING SIZE H x W x D (mm) 77 x 600 x 51 112 x 600 x 91 168 x 600 x 142 206 x 600 x 170 240 x 600 x 200 MIXED KIT BENCH STAND KIT 1750 x 600 x 325 1750 x 600 x 325

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TILT BOXES H x W x D (mm) 9 - 66 x 60 x 47 6 - 100 x 93 x 70 5 - 151 x 113 x 104 4 - 193 x 142 x 133 3 - 225 x 191 x 154 9 / 6 / 5 / 4 COMPARTMENTS 5 x 9, 1 x 6 COMPARTMENTS USABLE HEIGHT 1650mm 2x9, 3x6, 3x5, 2x4, 1x3

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

02513043 02513044 02513045 02513004 02513005 02513026 02513027 11903090 02513030

£26.20 (3 pk) £33.30 (3 pk) £34.90 (2 pk) £26.20 £30.00 £63.30 £86.70 £68.30 £218.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

TILT LOCKING BARS ORDER REF PRICE 12615002 £3.00 12615003 £3.00 12615004 £3.00 12615005 £3.00 12615006 £3.00 -

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC059

15/12/10

14:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS 01

• Top value, quality semi open front containers • Ideal for use in workshops and warehouse • Precision moulded for firm, secure stacking • Easy to access even when stacked • Double front walls provide extra rigidity • Larger sizes have carry bar which reinforces the container

1 2 3A2

3 SIZE 01 0 1 2 3A2 3 4A2 4 4 4A5 3L5 5P4 5

4A2

4+BAR

4

CAPACITY (litres) 0.08 0.25 1.0 3.8 9.4 12.5 20 28 28 42 19 63 88

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 32 x 45 x 72 45 x 95 x 85 75 x 95 x 160 130 x 140 x 230 145 x 200 x 350 200 x 200 x 350 145 x 300 x 500 200 x 300 x 500 200 x 300 x 500 300 x 300 x 520 145 x 450 x 350 300 x 450 x 520 300 x 450 x 700

CARRY BAR 3 3 3

ORDER REF FPL0151 FPL0951 FPM1751 FPM2551 FPM3351 FPM4151 FPM5751 FPM6651 FPM6551 FPM7351 FPL4951 FPL8151 FPL8951

PRICE EACH £0.60 £0.90 £1.10 £2.10 £6.40 £6.80 £10.30 £16.50 £14.40 £19.80 £12.50 £30.00 £37.40

MIN ORDER 100 50 50 54 21 15 14 -

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Polypropylene Parts Bins

0

4A5

3L5

5P4

5

A B C

Polypropylene Stacker Bins • Rigid polypropylene containers for all storage requirements • Sturdy, lightweight and easy to clean • Precision moulded for firm, secure stacking • Adapt perfectly to standard pallets • Smooth base allows use on roller or belt conveyor systems

D

E

F PIC A B C D E F G H

CAPACITY (litres) 0.9 1.4 3.6 8.7 27 16.2 40.5 85

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 70 x 145 x 90 70 x 145 x 140 130 x 200 x 140 145 x 300 x 200 200 x 450 x 300 120 x 450 x 300 300 x 450 x 300 300 x 630 x 450

ORDER REF FPJ0151 FPJ1751 FPJ2551 FPJ3351 FPJ6551 FPJ5751 FPJ7351 FPJ8951

PRICE

MIN ORDER 50 54 54 21 16 -

£1.60 £2.00 £3.20 £5.70 £14.80 £9.10 £20.40 £43.30

G

H

COLOUR OPTIONS for polypropylene bins Red

Yellow

Green

Blue*

Grey*

*These colours can be used for foodstuffs STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

59 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC060

15/12/10

14:10

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS

Fibre Board Bins

✓Durable and cost effective storage solution

✓Made up in seconds with

self-locking tabs - no glue, no tape required

• Strong corrugated fibre-board • Easy-write identity panels • Space-saving flat packs • Supplied from stock! FROM £

20

PACK OF 50

Standard Open Fronts - 100mm High WIDTH (mm) 50 75 100 150

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50 50

ORDER REF A1505 A1507 A1510 A1515

PRICE PER PACK £20.00 £21.50 £24.00 £25.50

WIDTH (mm) 50 75 100 150 200

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50 50 50

ORDER REF A2005 A2007 A2010 A2015 A2020

PRICE PER PACK £26.50 £27.00 £25.00 £29.50 £32.50

WIDTH (mm) 50 75 100 150 200 250

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50 50 50 50

ORDER REF A3005 A3007 A3010 A3015 A3020 A3025

PRICE PER PACK £27.00 £28.00 £27.50 £30.00 £32.00 £35.50

W

m 150m

W

W

m 200m

m 300m

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50

ORDER REF A4010 A4015 A4020

PRICE PER PACK £31.50 £33.50 £37.00

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50

ORDER REF A4510 A4515 A4520

PRICE PER PACK £35.00 £36.50 £38.60

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50

ORDER REF A5010 A5015 A5020

PRICE PER PACK £38.60 £39.00 £42.00

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50

ORDER REF A6010 A6015 A6020

PRICE PER PACK £42.00 £43.50 £45.10

W

W

m 400m

m 450m

m 500m

W

m 600m

W

FROM

37

Jumbo Open Fronts - 200mm High

60

WIDTH (mm) 150 200 300

PACK QUANTITY 25 25 25

ORDER REF B3015 B3020 B3030

PRICE PER PACK £37.00 £38.60 £41.00

WIDTH (mm) 200 250 300

PACK QUANTITY 25 25 25

ORDER REF B4020 B4025 B4030

PRICE PER PACK £39.00 £39.60 £42.00

WIDTH (mm) 150 200 250 300

PACK QUANTITY 25 25 25 25

ORDER REF B4515 B4520 B4525 B4530

PRICE PER PACK £39.60 £40.50 £41.50 £43.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

W

W

W

TEL: 01446 772614

£

PACK OF 25

m 300m WIDTH (mm) 200 300

PACK QUANTITY 25 25

ORDER REF B5020 B5030

PRICE PER PACK £41.50 £43.50

WIDTH (mm) 150 200 250 300

PACK QUANTITY 25 25 25 25

ORDER REF B6015 B6020 B6025 B6030

PRICE PER PACK £41.50 £42.50 £44.50 £46.50

m 400m

m 450m

info@storage-design.co.uk

W

W

m 500m

m 600m

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


15/12/10

14:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS STORAGE PRODUCTS

Stacker Boxes • Lightweight, durable corrugated polypropylene

SBP215

SBP230

• Delivered flat for easy storage • Folds quickly to shape SBP112

• All supplied with black injection moulded handles for stable handling • Colour options blue, silver/grey SBP330 in silver/grey only, lids black only

SBP222

• 10 boxes or lids per pack SBP330 Stacker Boxes EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 125 x 255 x 375 150 x 295 x 465 225 x 295 x 465 300 x 295 x 465 LID FOR SBP2 BOXES* 300 x 355 x 425 LID FOR SBP3 BOX*

ORDER PRICE 1-2 PRICE 3-5 PRICE 6-10 REF SUFFIX /10 SUFFIX /30 SUFFIX /60 SBP112 £38.00 £35.50 £33.00 SBP215 £44.00 £42.00 £39.50 SBP222 £51.50 £48.50 £46.50 SBP230 £62.00 £59.50 £58.00 SBP2LID £12.00 £11.50 £11.00 SBP330 £64.50 £62.00 £60.50 SBP3LID £12.50 £12.00 £11.50 *Carriage is extra if lids are ordered separately from boxes

PRICE 10+ SUFFIX /100 £31.50 £37.50 £44.00 £54.50 £10.50 £57.50 £11.00

Polypropylene Parts Bins 100mm High

E

C

F

A

B

UE AL TOP V

TOP V

D

A

LUE

TC061

✓Flat-packed, for easy assembly when required ✓Wipe clean surfaces • Strong twin wall fluted polypropylene • Oil, grease and moisture resistant • Resists most chemicals • Self adhesive labels included • Sold in packs of 25 (min order 2 packs, same size & colour) COLOUR OPTIONS PIC

150m m

A

ORDER REF TPA1507/25

Blue

Silver grey

PIC

300m m

B W

C

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

ORDER REF TPA2210/25 TPA2215/25 TPA2220/25

TEL: 01446 772614

Orange

PRICE 25 PACK £20.20

W

PIC

225m m

WIDTH (mm) 75

Red

PRICE 25 PACK £23.20 £25.20 £26.80

W

D E

PIC

450m m

W

info@storage-design.co.uk

F

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

ORDER REF TPA3010/25 TPA3015/25 TPA3020/25

PRICE 25 PACK £23.80 £26.20 £27.80

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

ORDER REF TPA4510/25 TPA4515/25 TPA4520/25

PRICE 25 PACK £28.80 £30.80 £33.80

www.storage-design.co.uk

61 2011


TC062

15/12/10

14:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS

Plastic Storage Bins

✓Simple, adaptable storage • Manufactured from high density polyethylene • Tolerant of shock, low & high temperatures • Rigid design with reinforced sides and flat base • Integral label holder, label supplied • Yellow, blue, red, green • Blue is food grade

1

1B

2

3

4

5

(this size is for shelf use only, not on louvred panels)

Plastic Storage Bins BIN TYPE 1 1B 2 3 4 5

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 53 x 103 x 85 53 x 103 x 121 83 x 103 x 165 128 x 148 x 240 164 x 209 x 356 190 x 310 x 500

PACK QTY 24 24 24 24 12 6

YELLOW REF 13031019 13031133 13031029 13031039 13020412 13020413

BLUE PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

REF 13031017 13031131 13031027 13031037 13020417 13020418

GREEN PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

REF 13031016 13031130 13031026 13031036 13020422 13020423

RED PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

REF 13031018 13031132 13031028 13031038 13020432 13020433

PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

Louvred Panels

✓Horizontal and vertical styles

• All available in RAL7035 grey or RAL5010 blue (please specify) • All supplied in pairs, for best stability in transit

14025145 14025144

Horizontal Panels • Double return fold top & bottom and reinforcing strips give increased strength and rigidity • Fixing points allow easy mounting to walls DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 457 x 500 457 x 1000 457 x 1500

ORDER REF 14025142 14025144 14025145

14025142

PRICE PER PAIR £28.00 £52.00 £75.00

FROM

22

£

Vertical Panels • Fully flanged for strength and ease of fixing to walls • Can be used with most types of hook on plastic bins DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 500 x 457 1000 x 457 1500 x 457

ORDER REF 14025150 14025151 14025152

PRICE PER PAIR £22.00 £41.00 £60.00

14025152

14025151

14025150

Louvred Panel Accessories

62

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS (mm)

ORDER REF

PRICE

TUBE SPIGOT TUBE SPIGOT TUBE SPIGOT PERFO ADAPTOR STRIP

16 DIA X 150 LONG 16 DIA X 200 LONG 16 DIA X 300 LONG 77H X 65W X 15D

14022024 14022022 14022025 14005025

£5.30 £5.70 £6.80 £3.40

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


15/12/10

14:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS TC1

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Super Value Bins

✓Tough polypropylene mouldings with anti-

TC2

static additive and non-fade UV stabiliser

• All containers self stack and interstack

ETC3

• Stacking rim incorporates a safety rear lip for use with louvred panels • Supplied in packs, complete with identification labels

TC5

TOP V

UE AL TOP V

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL

LUE

DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR BULK ORDERS!

A

TC063

TC7 TC6

AVERAGE 20% COST SAVING WITH WHITE BINS

TC4

White Bins

Topstore Bins

Electro Conductive Bins

• Non-pigmented polypropylene • Opaque white • Substantial cost savings over coloured bins!

• Best value in colour codeable bins • Red, blue, green or yellow • Anti-static and anti-fade additive

• To MoD specification 59/98 and BS EN 100015 • Black pigmented polypropylene • Our top value in ESD bins!

BIN SIZE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

VOLUME (litres) 0.46 1.27 4.6 9.1 12.8 28.3 31.4

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 50 x 100 x 90 75 x 100 x 165 132 x 150 x 240 132 x 205 x 350 182 x 205 x 350 182 x 420 x 375 200 x 310 x 520

LOUVRE VALUE 2 3 6 9 12 24 16

PACK QUANTITY 20 20 10 10 10 5 5

WHITE BINS ORDER REF PACK PRICE ETC1 £12.90 ETC2 £21.50 ETC3 £25.40 ETC4 £42.30 ETC5 £65.00 ETC6 £55.00 ETC7 £68.00

Louvred Panels

TOPSTORE COLOURED BINS ORDER REF PACK PRICE TC1 £13.20 TC2 £22.40 TC3 £26.50 TC4 £44.10 TC5 £67.00 TC6 £58.00 TC7 £70.00

ELECTRO-CONDUCTIVE BINS ORDER REF PACK PRICE STC1 £25.30 STC2 £52.00 STC3 £65.00 STC4 £110.00 STC5 £175.00 STC6 £161.00 -

TP4

✓Double indented louvres for maximum strength

How many bins per panel? Simply divide the panel louvre value by the bin louvre value.

• For wall, rack or van mounting • Butt side by side to give constant louvre pitch TP2

• Grey epoxy coated finish Louvred Panels 457mm wide HEIGHT (mm) 438 641 946 1556 1861

LOUVRE VALUE 48 72 108 180 216

ORDER REF TP1 TP10 TP2 TP3 TP4

PRICE £13.90 £18.80 £26.00 £39.50 £47.90

TP6

Louvred Panels 914mm wide HEIGHT (mm) 438 946

LOUVRE VALUE 96 216

ORDER REF TP5 TP6

PRICE

TP5

EXTRA STRENGTH DOUBLE-INDENTED LOUVRES

£26.00 £48.20

63 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC064

15/12/10

14:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS

Spacemaster Bin Racks

✓Designed for maximum capacity with Super Value Bins (page 63) • Single and double sided freestanding louvred racks • Extension units for economical multiple runs • Extra strength double indented louvres • Epoxy powder coated blue and silver-grey

DOUBLE SIDED

SINGLE SIDED

STARTER 010950NXT

£356

SINGLE SIDED EXTENSION 010840NXT

£171

STARTER 010810NXT

£174

Single Sided Bin Racks DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1100 x 1000 x 500 1600 x 1000 x 500 2100 x 1000 x 500

LOUVRE VALUE 240 360 480

Double Sided Bin Racks

STARTER UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010810NXT £174.00 010830NXT £199.00 010850NXT £244.00

EXTENSION UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010820NXT £146.00 010840NXT £171.00 010860NXT £215.00

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1100 x 1000 x 750 1600 x 1000 x 750 2100 x 1000 x 750

LOUVRE VALUE 480 720 960

STARTER UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010910NXT £251.00 010930NXT £301.00 010950NXT £356.00

EXTENSION UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010920NXT £211.00 010940NXT £261.00 010960NXT £316.00

Complete Spacemaster Bin Kits

Extension kits also available, please enquire

011514B

011528A

308

011522C

473

£

273

£

£

Spacemaster Single Sided Starter Kits - 1600H x 1000W x 500Dmm CONTAINERS INCLUDED 64 x TC2 RED / 56 x TC2 BLUE 30 x TC3 RED / 30 x TC3 BLUE 20 x TC4 RED / 20 x TC4 BLUE 16 x TC5 RED / 12 x TC5 BLUE 8 x TC6 RED / 6 x TC6 BLUE

ORDER REF 011514A 011516A 011518A 011520A 011522A

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 120 x TC2 RED 60 x TC3 RED 40 x TC4 RED 28 x TC5 RED 14 x TC6 RED

ORDER REF 011514B 011516B 011518B 011520B 011522B

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 120 x TC2 BLUE 60 x TC3 BLUE 40 x TC4 BLUE 28 x TC5 BLUE 14 x TC6 BLUE

ORDER REF 011514C 011516C 011518C 011520C 011522C

PRICE EACH £308.00 £272.00 £282.00 £303.00 £273.00

ORDER REF 011524C 011526C 011528C 011530C 011532C

PRICE EACH £528.00 £453.00 £473.00 £515.00 £456.00

Spacemaster Double Sided Starter Kits - 1600H x 1000W x 750Dmm

64

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 128 x TC2 RED / 112 x TC2 BLUE 60 x TC3 RED / 60 x TC3 BLUE 40 x TC4 RED / 40 x TC4 BLUE 32 x TC5 RED / 24 x TC5 BLUE 16 x TC6 RED / 12 x TC6 BLUE

ORDER REF 011524A 011526A 011528A 011530A 011532A

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 240 x TC2 RED 120 x TC3 RED 80 x TC4 RED 56 x TC5 RED 28 x TC6 RED

ORDER REF 011524B 011526B 011528B 011530B 011532B

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 240 x TC2 BLUE 120 x TC3 BLUE 80 x TC4 BLUE 56 x TC5 BLUE 28 x TC6 BLUE

ALL SPACEMASTER BIN KITS USE 1600mm HIGH UNITS * FOR BIN DIMENSIONS, PLEASE REFER TO PAGE 63 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC065

15/12/10

14:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS

Plastic Tray Trolleys Standard Trolleys

WHTT2SS

WHTT3SS

£110

£130

WHTT3SS/SB

£165

STORAGE PRODUCTS

• Plastic shelf and aluminium upright construction • Standard and large sizes • Swivel castor wheels, 2 with brakes

Large Trolleys WHTT2SL

£170

WHTT3SL

£215

WHTT3SL/SB

£275

2 Shelf Trolleys

3 Shelf Trolleys

3 Shelf, Sides/Back Enclosed

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHELVES ORDER PRICE (kg) H x W x D (mm) REF 100 940 x 750 x 460 630 x 424 WHTT2SS £110.00 120 970 x 990 x 513 866 x 500 WHTT2SL £170.00

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHELVES ORDER PRICE (kg) H x W x D (mm) REF 150 980 x 750 x 460 630 x 424 WHTT3SS £130.00 200 1010 x 990 x 513 866 x 500 WHTT3SL £215.00

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHELVES ORDER PRICE (kg) H x W x D (mm) REF 150 980 x 750 x 460 630 x 424 WHTT3SS/SB £165.00 200 1010 x 990 x 513 866 x 500 WHTT3SL/SB £275.00

WHTT3SS-ACC

£185

WHT2SS-D2

£255

WHTT3SS-CAB

£375

Trolley & Accessories

Trolleys with Drawers

Trolley with Drawer & Cabinet

• Supplied with 3 plastic bin trays 180H x 575W x 430Dmm • Supplied with 2 plastic side bins 25L, 480H x 385W x 265Dmm • Overall 1010H x 1090W x 460Dmm • 3 shelves 630L x 424Wmm • 150kg capacity

• Lockable drawers with 2 keys supplied • Inner rubber mat supplied to fit in drawers • Overall 940H x 750W x 460Dmm • 2 shelves 630L x 424Wmm • 100kg capacity

• Lockable cabinet and drawer, 4 keys included • Cabinet door has a unique opening system without a hinge • Overall 980H x 750W x 460Dmm • 3 shelves 630L x 424Wmm • 150kg capacity

SINGLE DRAWER TROLLEY REF WHTT2SS-D1 PRICE £220.00 REF WHTT3SS-CAB PRICE £375.00 REF WHTT3SS-ACC PRICE £185.00 DOUBLE DRAWER TROLLEY REF WHTT2SS-D2 PRICE £255.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

65 2011


TC066

15/12/10

14:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS STORAGE PRODUCTS

Wall Mounted Louvred Panel Kits • A range of pre-kitted louvred panels with Topstore Containers in blue or red • All kits include 1 label per bin • Louvre panels precision formed, finished in grey epoxy powder coat • Individual panel size 641H x 457Wmm, can be arranged as required • Unique double indented louvre provides extra strength • Tough polypropylene bins suitable for industrial use

010207B

010211R

£74

£106

2 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS

REF BLUE BINS 010205B 010206B 010207B 010208B 010209B

48 x TC2 24 x TC3 16 x TC4 12 x TC5 6 x TC6

REF RED BINS 010205R 010206R 010207R 010208R 010209R

3 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits PRICE

CONTAINERS

£65.00 £70.00 £74.00 £80.00 £73.00

72 x TC2 36 x TC3 24 x TC4 18 x TC5 9 x TC6

REF BLUE BINS 010210B 010211B 010212B 010213B 010214B

REF RED BINS 010210R 010211R 010212R 010213R 010214R

PRICE £97.00 £106.00 £111.00 £120.00 £110.00

010224B

£220

010216R

£141

4 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS 96 x TC2 48 x TC3 32 x TC4 24 x TC5 12 x TC6

REF BLUE BINS 010215B 010216B 010217B 010218B 010219B

REF RED BINS 010215R 010216R 010217R 010218R 010219R

PRICE £130.00 £141.00 £148.00 £159.00 £147.00

6 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS 144 x TC2 72 x TC3 48 x TC4 36 x TC5 18 x TC6

010226B

£281

REF BLUE BINS 010220B 010221B 010222B 010223B 010224B

REF RED BINS 010220R 010221R 010222R 010223R 010224R

PRICE £195.00 £211.00 £223.00 £239.00 £220.00

010236LB

£468

• Louvred panels 946H x 457Wmm, grey epoxy powder coat • Baskets small 200H x 460W x 200Dmm, large 200H x 460W x 330Dmm

8 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS

66

192 x TC2 96 x TC3 64 x TC4 48 x TC5 24 x TC6

REF BLUE BINS 010225B 010226B 010227B 010228B 010229B

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

REF RED BINS 010225R 010226R 010227R 010228R 010229R

TEL: 01446 772614

Mesh Basket Louvred Panel Kits

PRICE £260.00 £281.00 £297.00 £319.00 £294.00

NO. OF BASKETS 3 6 9 12

NO. OF PANELS 1 2 3 4

info@storage-design.co.uk

SMALL BASKETS REF PRICE 010230SB £141.00 010231SB £282.00 010232SB £423.00 010233SB £564.00

LARGE BASKETS REF PRICE 010234LB £156.00 010235LB £312.00 010236LB £468.00 010237LB £623.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC067

15/12/10

14:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / CABINETS

£439

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Storage Cabinets & Bin Kits

013008

COMPLETE WITH SUPER VALUE BINS 013055

£638

013027

£399

132mm

132mm m 0m 15

240m m

132mm 350m m

Size 3 bins

m 5m 20

350m m

Size 4 bins

m 5m 20

Size 4 bins

Model 1 Kits

Model 2 Kits

Model 3 Kits

Cabinet Size: 1580H x 770W x 330Dmm with 9 shelves

Cabinet Size: 1000H x 1015W x 430Dmm with 5 shelves

Cabinet Size: 2000H x 1015W x 430Dmm with 11 shelves

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

40 x TC3 WHITE 40 x TC3 BLUE 40 x TC3 RED

013010 013008 013009

£437.00 £439.00 £439.00

24 x TC4 WHITE 24 x TC4 BLUE 24 x TC4 RED

013027 013026 013025

£399.00 £401.00 £401.00

52 x TC4 WHITE 52 x TC4 BLUE 52 x TC4 RED

013057 013056 013055

£633.00 £638.00 £638.00

Storage Cabinets

✓Ready assembled for immediate use

013005

• Robust all steel construction • Epoxy coated silver with blue doors • Recessed door handle with 3-point locking mechanism • Shelves fully adjustable at 50mm centres

£359 013051

£459

013024

£324

Cabinets DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1580 x 770 x 330 1000 x 1015 x 430 2000 x 1015 x 430

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

NO. OF SHELVES (INCLUDED) 6 3 6

ORDER REF 013005 013024 013051

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £359.00 £324.00 £459.00

Extra Shelves DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

770mm WIDE CABINET 1015mm WIDE CABINET

013004 013023

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE (PACK OF 3) £36.60 £46.80

www.storage-design.co.uk

67 2011


TC068

15/12/10

14:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS

TOP V

STORAGE PRODUCTS

and ensures efficient use of all available panel area. Panels are pre-punched for wall fixing.

TOP V

✓This selection of kits complete with wall panels and bins assists your choice, making ordering easy

UE AL

A

Louvred Panel & Bin Kits

LUE 14030013

14030012

£91

£55

KIT A

KIT B

14030015

£170

14030014

£122

KIT C

KIT D

14030017

£261 14030016

£184

KIT E

KIT F Louvred Panel & Bin Kits

68

KIT

PANELS SUPPLIED

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

A B C D E F

2: 457W x 500Hmm 3: 457W x 500Hmm 2: 457W x 1000Hmm 3: 457W x 1000Hmm 2: 457W x 1500Hmm 3: 457W x 1500Hmm

32 x BIN 2 36 x BIN 2, 9 x BIN 3 18 x BIN 3, 8 x BIN 4 36 x BIN 2, 18 x BIN 3, 6 x BIN 4 54 x BIN 3 48 x BIN 2, 27 x BIN 3, 12 x BIN 4

14030012 14030013 14030014 14030015 14030016 14030017

£55.00 £91.00 £122.00 £170.00 £184.00 £261.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC069

15/12/10

14:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

Kanban Small Parts Shelving

✓The ideal solution for your line-side small parts storage

• Sloping steel shelves allow for bins to locate one behind the other, so as an empty bin is removed the full rear bin slides forward ready for use • 2 Standard bay options available, each complete with sloping steel shelves and 2 chipboard storage shelves • Blue containers as standard (other colours available) • Finish - posts are epoxy powder coated blue and beams epoxy powder coated grey FROM

473

£

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 1200 x 450 1800 x 1200 x 600

SLOPING SHELVES 5 4

CONTAINER DIMS H x W x D (mm) 132 x 150 x 237 165 x 222 x 278

NO OF CONTAINERS 70 40

ORDER REF CS/S/107 CS/S/108

PRICE £473.00 £545.00

Container Shelving ✓Ideal solution for small parts storage ✓Supplied in component form for easy assembly • Standard bays of rolled edge shelving complete with bins • Available in 3 different storage configurations • Open backs with cross bracing • Overall dimensions 1905H x 914W x 305Dmm • Maximum shelf capacity 68kg UDL • Grey epoxy powder coated finish • Three bin sizes, (002) 132H x 150W x 237Dmm, (003) 165H x 222W x 278Dmm and (004) 184H x 425W x 280Dmm

CS/R/069

335

£ CS/R/068

CS/R/067

299

319

£

£

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DESCRIPTION

BIN COMBINATION

TYPE 1, 10 SHELVES

18 x 002 BLUE, 12 x 003 YELLOW, 6 x 004 GREEN 16 x 004 GREEN 36 x 003 YELLOW

TYPE 2, 9 SHELVES TYPE 3, 10 SHELVES

TEL: 01446 772614

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/R/067 £319.00 CS/R/068 CS/R/069

£299.00 £335.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/R/070 £304.00 CS/R0/71 CS/R/072

69

£284.00 £320.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC070

15/12/10

14:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS

Toprax Bin kits • High quality, fully adjustable bolt-free shelving systems available pre-kitted with TC Bins • Fully tooled components eliminate any sharp edges • Standard or double depth bays available, accessible from both sides, no cross bracing • Full self assembly instructions • Uprights are epoxy powder coated in blue and shelves are galvanised steel • All bins supplied with ID labels • Shelf capacity 160kg (UDL) each

022410SI/TC5Y

022410SI/TC4R

022410DI/TC6B

£254

£275

£428

Toprax Longspan Kits available on request

DESCRIPTION

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1500 x 942 x 328 1500 x 942 x 625 1500 x 942 x 328 1500 x 942 x 625 1500 x 942 x 328 1500 x 942 x 625

STANDARD DEPTH C/W 40 X TC4 BINS & 5 SHELVES DOUBLE DEPTH C/W 80 X TC4 BINS & 10 SHELVES STANDARD DEPTH C/W 28 X TC5 BINS & 3 SHELVES DOUBLE DEPTH C/W 56 X TC5 BINS & 6 SHELVES STANDARD DEPTH C/W 14 X TC6 BINS & 3 SHELVES DOUBLE DEPTH C/W 28 X TC6 BINS & 6 SHELVES

SHELVES W x D (mm) 870 x 290 870 x 290 870 x 290 870 x 290 870 x 290 870 x 290

STARTER BAY ORDER REF 022410SI/TC4 022410DI/TC4 022410SI/TC5 022410DI/TC5 022410SI/TC6 022410DI/TC6

CONTAINER COLOURS For required colours please add corresponding suffix to product code B: Blue

G: Green

R: Red

BIN TC4 TC5 TC6

Y: Yellow

Heavy Duty Aluminium Containers

PRICE £275.00 £493.00 £254.00 £455.00 £239.00 £428.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE 022410SE/TC4 £232.00 022410DE/TC4 £428.00 022410SE/TC5 £209.00 022410DE/TC5 £390.00 022410SE/TC6 £195.00 022410DE/TC6 £358.00 H x W x D (mm) 132 x 205 x 350 182 x 205 x 350 182 x 420 x 375

VOLUME (Litres) 9.1 12.8 28.3

FROM

128

£

K

✓Ideal for transportation and storage of valuable or delicate items, especially where weight is an issue

• Tremendous strength, but light in weight • Totally rust free – aluminium body with stainless steel hinges • Cast aluminium stacking locators in each corner • Tough plastic protected grip handles • Over-centre clasps accept seals or padlock (3mm max shackle dia) • Each handle can lift 35kg • Recessed base prevents ingress of moisture when stored on damp floor • Retaining strap on lid prevents hinge damage • Rubber seal on body-lid point gives shower proof container

N J Q

M

P ITEM

70

J K L M N P Q

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 250 x 585 x 385 410 x 585 x 385 340 x 785 x 385 410 x 785 x 585 610 x 785 x 585 380 x 885 x 485 510 x 1185 x 785

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 220 x 550 x 350 380 x 550 x 350 310 x 750 x 350 380 x 750 x 550 580 x 750 x 550 350 x 850 x 450 480 x 1150 x 750

TEL: 01446 772614

WEIGHT (kg) 4.5 5.3 6.1 8.1 9.6 7.7 15.4

ORDER REF

PRICE

02501001 02501002 02501003 02501004 02501005 02501006 02501007

£128.00 £153.00 £169.00 £225.00 £247.00 £213.00 £440.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

L

ON SELECTED ITEMS

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC071

14/12/10

13:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS STORAGE PRODUCTS

Mobile Container Trolleys ✓For the office, workshop or warehouse ACT/3XTC6B

£218

CONTAINER COLOURS White Blue

CT/3XLWB

Red

£330

CT/5XTC6R

£265

Angled Container Trolley • Angular design for easy container access • Complete with 3 large containers • Overall capacity 200kg, containers 40kg • Overall size 830L x 500W x 1030Hmm • Container size 375L x 420W x 182Hmm • All swivel vulcanised rubber wheels • Silver/grey epoxy powder coated finish DESCRIPTION ANGLED TROLLEY WITH 3 x 40KG CONTAINERS TROLLEY WITH 5 x 40KG CONTAINERS TROLLEY WITH 3 MESH BASKETS

Container Trolleys • Complete with containers & top shelf • Trolley Capacity 200kg • Overall size 1300H x 500W x 500Dmm • Plastic container sizes 375L x 420W x 182Hmm (40kg) • Wire mesh container size 460W x 330D x 200Hmm in white only • All swivel vulcanised rubber wheels • Silver/grey epoxy powder coated finish WITH WHITE BINS/BASKETS ORDER REF PRICE ACT/3XTC6E £218.00 CT/5XTC6E £265.00 CT/3XLWB £330.00

WITH BLUE BINS ORDER REF PRICE ACT/3XTC6B £218.00 CT/5XTC6B £265.00 -

WITH RED BINS ORDER REF PRICE ACT/3XTC6R £218.00 CT/5XTC6R £265.00 -

Topstore Container Trolleys • Fitted with a smaller louvred panel and 3 x fixed lipped trays • Available with and without bin kits • Max trolley capacity 200kg • 100mm dia swivel castors, low rolling resistance and non marking • Overall dimensions 1300H x 500W x 500Dmm • Tray size 500W x 455Dmm

CST

CST-2XTC6B

£237

£256

CST-4XTC5B

£256

DESCRIPTION CONTAINER TROLLEY TROLLEY WITH 4 x TC5 BLUE TROLLEY WITH 4 x TC5 RED TROLLEY WITH 2 x TC6 BLUE TROLLEY WITH 2 x TC6 RED

CONTAINERS H x W x D (mm) 182 x 205 x 350 182 x 205 x 350 182 x 420 x 375 182 x 420 x 375

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

UNBRAKED TROLLEYS ORDER REF PRICE CST £237.00 CST-4XTC5B £256.00 CST-4XTC5R £256.00 CST-2XTC6B £256.00 CST-2XTC6R £256.00

TEL: 01446 772614

BRAKED TROLLEYS ORDER REF PRICE CST-BC £246.00 CST-4XTC5B-BC £265.00 CST-4XTC5R-BC £265.00 CST-2XTC6B-BC £265.00 CST-2XTC6R-BC £265.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Braked castors 71 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC072

15/12/10

14:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS / CASES

High Performance Transit Cases

✓Secure protection for valuable items ✓We can manufacture to your custom dimensions

FROM

• Heavy duty aluminium construction • Reinforced aluminium framework • Double lid restraints • 6mm plywood base for load capacity • 12mm semi-rigid foam lining lid lined with egg box foam • Two lockable catches • Steel & nylon carry handle on smaller sizes • Zinc plated handles on larger sizes

£

106

A

C

B

C

8 ITEM A B C D E F G H

Standard cases, but remember we can manufacture virtually any size you require!

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 300 x 400 x 300 150 x 450 x 350 150 x 500 x 400 250 x 500 x 400 150 x 600 x 400 300 x 600 x 400 400 x 600 x 400 400 x 800 x 600

B

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 275 x 375 x 275 125 x 425 x 325 125 x 475 x 375 225 x 475 x 375 125 x 575 x 375 275 x 575 x 375 375 x 575 x 375 375 x 775 x 575

WEIGHT (kg) 6.0 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 6.0 13.0 19.0

ORDER REF

PRICE

SA00002 SA00187 SA00189 SA00190 SA00191 SA00226 SA00004 SA00005

£108.00 £106.00 £119.00 £120.00 £127.00 £131.00 £140.00 £181.00

FROM

104

High Performance Transit Cases

£

✓For total load protection, these

6mm plywood based cases have a 12mm semi-rigid foam lining and all edges reinforced with extruded aluminium sections

• Coated in black grained PVC • Zinc plated steel handles are fitted to both end walls • Back stop hinges give controlled opening • Secured by lockable over-centre catches SB00003 SB00001

72

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 300 x 400 x 300 300 x 600 x 400 400 x 600 x 400 400 x 800 x 600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 275 x 375 x 275 275 x 575 x 375 375 x 575 x 375 375 x 775 x 575

TEL: 01446 772614

WEIGHT (kg) 5 8.5 10 17

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

SB00001 SB00002 SB00003 SB00004

£104.00 £121.00 £133.00 £182.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC073

15/12/10

14:39

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / CONTAINER TROLLEYS

• Perfect for 600x400mm Euro containers • Shelves fit horizontally or inclined for best access • Up to 400kg maximum capacity • 1250 x 610mm and 1650 x 610mm platforms • Welded steel frames, powder coated finish RAL blue 5007 • Fixed and detachable waterproof derived timber shelves • 15mm lip on front and back of shelves • 2 swivel, 2 fixed castors • 200mm diameter solid rubber tyres

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Adjustable Trolleys

Adjustable shelf support rods

FROM

£558

Optional Tiltable Steps Additional set with 2 steps, lifting automatically when released and standing firmly on the floor when under load. Steps can be tilted when in rest position. Clearance between steps 235mm. Height of steps 515mm.

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

REF 28226 PRICE £341.00

FROM

£590

FROM

£400

FROM

£476

Adjustable Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1430 x 620 x 1560 1830 x 620 x 1560 1430 x 620 x 1560 1830 x 620 x 1560 1430 x 620 x 1800 1830 x 620 x 1800 1430 x 620 x 1800 1830 x 620 x 1800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1250 x 610 1650 x 610 1250 x 610 1650 x 610 1250 x 610 1650 x 610 1250 x 610 1650 x 610

Pneumatic Tyres 400kg max capacity, factory fitted, 200mm diameter REF 11-00 PRICE £126.00 extra/set STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

NUMBER & TYPE OF SHELVES (INCLUDING BASE) 2 SOLID 2 SOLID 3 SOLID 3 SOLID 4 SOLID 4 SOLID 4 WELDED WIRE MESH 4 WELDED WIRE MESH

SHELF CAPACITY (kg) 80 80 80 80 80 80 50 50

TROLLEY ORDER REF 4195 4196 4295 4296 4395 4396 4495 4496

Clipboard A4 Wood, with paper clamp and pencil holder REF 12-90 PRICE £32.00* *Carriage is extra if sent separately from trolley

TEL: 01446 772614

TROLLEY PRICE £400.00 £450.00 £476.00 £536.00 £558.00 £627.00 £590.00 £680.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF 4095 4096 4095 4096 4095 4096 4097 4098

EXTRA SHELF PRICE £90.00 £102.00 £90.00 £102.00 £90.00 £102.00 £91.00 £104.00

Trackless Tyres Blue/grey solid trackless tyres (set of 4), factory fitted, 200mm diameter REF 21-87 PRICE £41.00 extra/set

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

73 2011


TC074

15/12/10

14:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE STORAGE PRODUCTS

FTR Shelving for Athena Euro Containers Compact line side storage for 600 x 400mm Athena containers 3-bay units, adjustable to suit different container heights Containers slide on guides rated at 50kg per pair max load Each bay has a maximum load of 250kg RAL7000 grey finish Top cover is included in price Optional laminate worktop (shown below) REF FTRW PRICE £146.00

SHELVING ONLY (27 CONTAINER POSITIONS) REF FTR1 PRICE £631

SHELVING ONLY (14 CONTAINER POSITIONS) REF FTR2 PRICE £407

SHELVING WITH 27 *CONTAINERS AS SHOWN REF FTR1C PRICE £932

SHELVING WITH 14 *CONTAINERS AS SHOWN REF FTR2C PRICE £570

SAVE £238

SAVE £106

1010

2010

• • • • • • •

*CONTAINERS: 5 x FPA6851B, 9 x FPA6051A

*CONTAINERS: 13 x FPA6851B, 14 x FPA6051A

1390

600

FLBB1025952

£959 FLBB0735552

£429

FLBB0730552

£374

Tilt Shelf Trolley • Galvanised/grey finish • 300kg capacity • 3 shelves 687x420mm tilt to 20º • 1430H x 725W x 613Dmm • Four 100mm swivel castors REF FLBB0730552 PRICE £374.00

Tilt Shelf Trolley with Containers • Specification as trolley shown left • Four 400 x 300 x 170mm high containers • One 600 x 400 x 170mm high container • One 600 x 400 x 220mm high container

• RAL7000 Grey and galvanised finish • Complete with 24 containers, perforated panels and 2 sets of 54 hooks • 1430H x 1023W x 613Dmm • Weight load capacity 300kg (150kg per side)

REF FLBB0735552 PRICE £429.00

REF FLBB1025952 PRICE £959.00

Athena Euro Containers

Athena Stacking Euro Containers Solid Sides & Base

• • • •

74

600 x 400mm for shelves and trolleys Positive, safe stacking Smooth finish grey polypropylene Solid side containers with reinforced base • Please enquire for ventilated containers and alternative sizes STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Unimod Smart Trolley

TEL: 01446 772614

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 78 x 600 x 400 120 x 600 x 400 170 x 600 x 400 220 x 600 x 400 285 x 600 x 400 325 x 600 x 400 430 x 600 x 400 HINGED LID

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

FPA5651A FPA6051A FPA6451A FPA6851B FPA7251A FPA7651A FPA8051B FPA0951

£15.20 £17.00 £19.40 £23.20 £26.00 £28.40 £35.10 £12.20

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC075

11/1/11

10:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

✓Cabinets for safe storage of small-medium size static sensitive components • Two cabinet styles, each with four different drawer combinations

Small Parts Cabinets, Polypropylene Housing

291ESD £59.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 24 DRAWERS (01)

294ESD £59.00

H x W x D (mm) 290 x 310 x 180 40 x 69 x 170 (ext)

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 12 DRAWERS (04)

S TATIC E LECTRICITY C ONTROL

All to BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 Standard

TO SUIT DRAWER SIZE 01 04 3010, 4010 3020, 4020

10 PACK PRICE £2.60 £4.70 £4.90 £8.50

Medium Parts Cabinets, Steel Housing

1630ESD £136.00

H x W x D (mm) 290 x 310 x 180 62 x 92 x 170 (ext)

DIVIDER REF V-1ESD V-4ESD D-10ESD D-20ESD

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 16 DRAWERS (3010)

STORAGE PRODUCTS

ESD Component Storage

0830ESD £119.00

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 300 82 x 92 x 300 (ext)

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 8 DRAWERS (3020)

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 300 82 x 186 x 300 (ext)

Need More Info? CALL US NOW

551ESD £90.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 48 DRAWERS (01)

H x W x D (mm) 550 x 310 x 180 40 x 69 x 170 (ext)

554ESD £90.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 24 DRAWERS (04)

1640ESD £180.00

H x W x D (mm) 550 x 310 x 180 62 x 92 x 170 (ext)

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 16 DRAWERS (4010)

0840ESD £152.00

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 400 82 x 92 x 400 (ext)

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 8 DRAWERS (4020)

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 400 82 x 186 x 400 (ext)

SHELF BIN BACKSTOPS REF BS-6-ESD PRICE £2.10 (PACK OF 10)

FROM

£4.70 FROM

£2.05

ESD Protected Shelf Bins

✓Suit all standard shelves with depths 300, 400, 500 & 600mm • Corrugated base design eases picking of small items • Securely stack any bins of the same widths • Black semi-conductive polypropylene • Full width label with protective shield included (non conductive) • Manufactured to BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 standards OUTER DIMS INNER DIMS CARTON L x W x H (mm) L x W x H (mm) QTY 300 x 92 x 82 257 x 75 x 70 30 300 x 186 x 82 257 x 167 x 70 15 400 x 92 x 82 357 x 75 x 70 30 400 x 132 x 100 357 x 110 x 90 20 400 x 186 x 82 357 x 167 x 70 15 500 x 92 x 82 457 x 75 x 70 30 500 x 132 x 100 457 x 110 x 90 20 500 x 186 x 82 457 x 167 x 70 15 600 x 132 x 100 557 x 110 x 90 15 600 x 186 x 82 557 x 167 x 70 15

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SHELF BINS REF PRICE 3010-ESD £141.00 3020-ESD £96.00 4010-ESD £162.00 4015-ESD £142.00 4020-ESD £108.00 5010-ESD £207.00 5015-ESD £174.00 5020-ESD £143.00 6015-ESD £159.00 6020-ESD £162.00

CROSS DIVIDERS REF PRICE D-10ESD £4.90 D-20ESD £8.50 D-10ESD £4.90 D-15ESD £6.50 D-20ESD £8.50 D-10ESD £4.90 D-15ESD £6.50 D-20ESD £8.50 D-15ESD £6.50 D-20ESD £8.50

TEL: 01446 772614

ESD Protected Stacking Bins

✓For use in both production and store areas

• Open front design allows good access and the corrugated base design eases picking of small items • Suitable for louvred panel and bin rails • Black semi-conductive polypropylene • Manufactured to BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 standards OUTER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 165 x 105 x 70 192 x 149 x 105 250 x 149 x 130 300 x 186 x 156 400 x 186 x 156 500 x 186 x 182 500 x 310 x 182

INNER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 105 x 90 x 65 130 x 125 x 90 185 x 125 x 115 230 x 155 x 140 330 x 155 x 140 400 x 145 x 165 400 x 270 x 165

info@storage-design.co.uk

CARTON QTY 60 45 30 24 24 12 8

ORDER REF 1015-ESD 1520-ESD 1525-ESD 1930-ESD 1940-ESD 1950-ESD 3050-ESD

PRICE £123.00 £198.00 £186.00 £276.00 £324.00 £324.00 £244.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

75 2011


TC076

15/12/10

14:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS STORAGE PRODUCTS

Practibox ✓Tilt box visible storage system

Practibox Trolley

• Dust-free high density component storage • Transparent forward tilting boxes give easy access to stored items • 6 modules with 600mm common width • Hand grips & label holders on bin fronts • Clip-together injection moulded ABS housings

• Takes components to the workplace • Modules easily exchanged as required • Rugged steel framework • Mobile on 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors • Brakes provided on swivel castors • Holds any combination of modules to 1200mm max height

COMPLETE

£586

PRACTIBOX TROLLEY 1420H X 750W X 660Dmm REF FPG012100 PRICE £315.00 PRACTIBOX TROLLEY & MODULES Fitted with modules as illustrated REF FPG012101 PRICE £586.00

Optional locking bars prevent unwanted opening, ideal for trolleys and van storage applications MODULE 9 6 5 4 3 2

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 77 x 600 x 67 112 x 600 x 98 164 x 600 x 138 206 x 600 x 174 240 x 600 x 206 353 x 600 x 311

PRACTIBOX MODULE ORDER REF PRICE FPG1071 £18.90 FPG1571 £21.80 FPG2071 £28.90 FPG2571 £35.10 FPG3071 £39.30 FPG3571 £66.00

LOCKING BAR ORDER REF PRICE FPG0910 £3.00 FPG0915 £3.00 FPG0920 £3.00 FPG0925 £3.00 FPG0930 £3.00 FPG0935 £3.00 FPG032001

£113

Practibox Bench Dispenser • The ideal on-bench component store • Holds any combination of modules to 500m max height PRACTIBOX BENCH DISPENSER • 503H X 610W X 150Dmm REF FPG032000 PRICE £43.50

FPG032000

£43.50

PRACTIBOX BENCH DISPENSER & MODULES • Fitted with modules 6, 5 and 4 REF FPG032001 PRICE £113.00

Galvanised Steel Bins • • • •

1

✓Heavy duty bins for the most arduous use

Suited to engineering and manufacturing industry • Precision pressings stack securely Galvanised finish as standard, green or grey painted finish available to order Open front bins allow access when stacked Rectangular tote bins ideal for production line storage K

2 3A2

3

3P4

Galvanised Steel Parts Bins SIZE

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS CARRY ORDER (litres) H x W x D (mm) BAR REF 1 1.0 75 x 95 x 160 FLS1799* 2 3.8 130 x 140 x 230 FLS2599* 3A2 9.4 145 x 200 x 350 FLS3399* 3 12.5 200 x 200 x 350 FLS4199* 3P4 18 200 x 200 x 500 FLS4999* 4A2 20 145 x 300 x 500 FLS5799* 4 28 200 x 300 x 500 3 FLS6599 4A5 42 300 x 300 x 520 3 FLS7399 5P4 63 300 x 450 x 520 3 FLS8199 5 88 300 x 450 x 700 3 FLS8999 *NOTE: subject to minimum order quantity of 5 pieces

PRICE

L £23.00 £26.50 £34.40 £35.60 £43.00 £44.60 £44.30 £55.60 £71.10 £76.00

76

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS ORDER (litres) H x W x D (mm) REF K 8.7 145 x 300 x 200 FLA33299* L 12 200 x 300 x 200 FLA41299* M 27 200 x 450 x 300 FLA65299 N 40.5 300 x 450 x 300 FLA73299 P 85 300 x 630 x 450 FLA89299 *NOTE: subject to minimum order quantity of 5 pieces

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

4 M 4A5

N 5P4 P

Galvanised Steel Stacker Bins PIC

4A2

PRICE £37.80 £42.20 £47.00 £60.00 £79.00

TEL: 01446 772614

5

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC077

16/12/10

10:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS FROM

Topstore Euro Containers

E6433-11

✓Outstanding quality ✓Excellent impact strength

FOLDABLE WITHOUT LID

E6432-11

• Containers can be used for a variety of heavy-duty applications • Internal walls of the containers have a smooth surface finish • Design saves space and can be stackable in modular formations • Good at withstanding both low and high temperatures • All containers manufactured from polypropylene • Folding containers are collapsible to save space when not in use

E6420-11 E4322-11

DESCRIPTION EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER FOLDABLE CONTAINER

EXTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 400 x 300 x 220 600 x 400 x 120 600 x 400 x 170 600 x 400 x 200 600 x 400 x 320 594 x 396 x 314

STORAGE PRODUCTS

11

£

INTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 365 x 265 x 207 555 x 355 x 112 555 x 355 x 158 555 x 355 x 187 555 x 355 x 307 558 x 362 x 294

CAPACITY (Litres) 20 22 33 40 60 59

CONTAINERS ORDER REF PRICE E4322-11 £11.00 E6412-11 £13.00 E6417-11 £15.00 E6420-11 £15.00 E6432-11 £19.00 E6433-11 £26.00

LIDS (10 PACK) ORDER REF PRICE E4301-44/10 £58.00 E6401-44/10 £73.00 E6401-44/10 £73.00 E6401-44/10 £73.00 E6401-44/10 £73.00 -

Euro Container Dividers • Dividers are suitable for 600L x 400Wmm Euro Containers only, except E6412-11 • Dividers supplied in packs of 10 • 4 divider options available DESCRIPTION

DIVISIONS NO. LxW (mm) LOCATES IN TOP 15, 105 x 112 LOCATES IN BASE 15, 105 x 112 LOCATES IN TOP 24, 82 x 86 LOCATES IN BASE 24, 82 x 86

E64TD24 + E64BD24

E64TD15 + E64BD15

88880-01PP-6412

88880-01WH-6420

ORDER REF E64TD15/10 E64BD15/10 E64TD24/10 E64BD24/10

PRICE 10pk £79.00 £79.00 £86.00 £86.00

Euro Container Dollies

88880-01WH-6432

• Two ABS plastic dolly options are available with or without a handle • Up to 100kg load capacity • Transports multiple containers • 4 x swivel castors 100mm diameter • Steel handle, finished zinc and yellow passivated, can be adjusted in height and removed from dolly when not in use

88880-01WH

DESCRIPTION DOLLY DOLLY C/W 9 x E6412-11 DOLLY C/W 7 x E6417-11 DOLLY C/W 5 x E6420-11 DOLLY C/W 3 x E6432-11

EXTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 625 x 420 x 160 625 x 420 x 1230 625 x 420 x 1340 625 x 420 x 1150 625 x 420 x 1110

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

INTERNAL L x W (mm) 600 x 400 600 x 400 600 x 400 600 x 400 600 x 400

TEL: 01446 772614

HANDLE Length (mm) 625 625 625 625 625

DOLLY WITHOUT HANDLE ORDER REF PRICE 88880-01PP £53.00 88880-01PP-6412 £158.00 88880-01PP-6417 £149.00 88880-01PP-6420 £125.00 88880-01PP-6432 £107.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

DOLLY WITH HANDLE ORDER REF PRICE 88880-01WH £80.00 88880-01WH-6412 £181.00 88880-01WH-6417 £172.00 88880-01WH-6420 £153.00 88880-01WH-6432 £135.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

77 2011


TC078

16/12/10

11:12

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS

Attached Lid Containers ✓Loaded containers stack securely with lids closed, empty containers nest with lids open • Containers nest up to 75% when empty, saving valuable space when not in use and on return transport • Injection moulded polypropylene makes ALCs tough, long lasting and cost effective, recyclable • Stack up to 8 high carrying a unit load of 30kg, a combined load of 240kg • Smooth surfaces and shock absorbing lid and base protect contents from damage

FROM £

Integral lid cannot become separated from container and lost. Inhibits theft when fitted with tamper-evident seals

14.20

Textured pad allows easy removal of adhesive labels without leaving a sticky residue Wide and comfortable handles Drop-in card label holders

AT643604AA

Can be printed with owner’s logo and message

Smooth base compatible with conveyor systems

BLUE - STOCK COLOUR GREEN - MADE TO ORDER

AT432204AA

CAPACITY (litres) 18 22 25 48 65

AT432604AA

EXTERNAL DIM H x W x D (mm) 400 x 300 x 222 400 x 300 x 264 400 x 300 x 306 600 x 400 x 264 600 x 400 x 365

INTERNAL DIM H x W x D (mm) 338 x 254 x 197 334 x 254 x 239 329 x 250 x 282 530 x 353 x 240 508 x 346 x 340

AT433104AA

NESTED

COLOUR

51% SPACE SAVING 59% SPACE SAVING 64% SPACE SAVING 75% SPACE SAVING 70% SPACE SAVING

BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE

AT642604AA

WEIGHT (kg) 1.8 1.9 2.1 3 3.5

ORDER REF

PRICE

AT432204AA AT432604AA AT433104AA AT642604AA AT643604AA

£14.20 £15.10 £15.70 £19.20 £20.80

Stack & Nest Crates ✓A range of stack and nest containers designed to fit with all standard distribution applications • Smooth interior for protection of products • Stable stacking on plastic stacking bars when crates are full • When bars are flipped open crates nest to save 60-70% space when empty • Ergonomic handholds

78

SN641907

SN642202

DH701807

£13.50

£14.10

£17.70

CAPACITY (litres) 35 38 54 54 DOLLY

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 199 x 600 x 400 225 x 600 x 400 302 x 600 x 400 302 x 600 x 400 162 x 604 x 402

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

INTERNAL DIMS TYPE H x L x W (mm) 172 x 546 x 349 SOLID 200 x 525 x 347 VENTED 270 x 570 x 370 SOLID 270 x 570 x 370 VENTED FOR 600 x 400mm CONTAINERS

TEL: 01446 772614

COLOUR BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE RED

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF SN641907 SN642202 DH701807 DH701802 9100.5

PRICE £13.50 £14.10 £17.70 £17.30 £60.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC079

14/12/10

13:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS STORAGE PRODUCTS

Attached Lid Containers

Container Accessories

✓Securely stack with lids closed & nest with lids open, saving space on return transport

✓Hot-foil printing. Company

• Pimple-pads, on ends and lid, allow easy removal of adhesive labels without leaving a sticky residue • Integral lid cannot become separated from container, inhibits theft when fitted with tamper-evident seals • Wide, comfortable handholds • Drop-in card label holders on both ends can be fitted with a clear cover to retain and protect card

logo and message increases brand awareness and clearly identifies the container as the owner’s property Minimum order of 50

Security Seals Tamper-evident security seals for all attached lid containers. Two required per container. Pack of 1000 00701 £41.80

Label Cover Label holder cover for refs 10020, 10025, 10A5B, 10A6B. Pack of 50 00473 £35.10

FROM

✓Containers securely stack with lids

£

closed and nest with lids open - saving valuable space on return transport.

10

10A6B

✓Coloured lids, great for colour

10005

10010

10020

10025

10040

10083

co-ordinating product lines

Attached Lid Distribution Containers CAPACITY (litres) 4 6 20 25 40 54 64 80 80

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 130 x 300 x 200 200 x 300 x 200 252 x 400 x 300 320 x 400 x 300 250 x 600 x 400 320 x 600 x 400 365 x 600 x 400 368 x 710 x 460 368 x 710 x 460

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 101 x 245 x 160 174 x 235 x 152 222 x 325 x 246 295 x 321 x 244 215 x 515 x 343 285 x 508 x 335 330 x 501 x 328 330 x 597 x 374 330 x 597 x 374

FEATURES

COLOUR OPTIONS

STACK 2-UP ON 400 x 300 SIZE & 4-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE STACK 2-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE STACK 2-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE DRAINAGE HOLES IN BASE NO DRAINAGE HOLES IN BASE

DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN FULL RANGE AS BELOW FULL RANGE AS BELOW DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN, RED, BLUE DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN

WEIGHT (kg) 0.70 0.85 1.65 1.87 2.78 3.20 3.38 3.70 3.70

NEST HT (mm) 80 80 100 100 85 85 85 80 80

ORDER REF 10005 10010 10020 10025 10040 10A5B 10A6B 10083 10082

PRICE £10.00 £11.60 £16.10 £17.50 £21.00 £21.60 £22.80 £28.00 £28.00

10040 & 10A5B are available in DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN, GREY / BLUE, GREY / YELLOW, GREY / RED

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

79


TC080

16/12/10

11:13

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS

Small Euro Stacking Containers ✓Inter-stacking containers for building compact and stable loads • Solid or ventilated base and sides • Ventilated containers are ideal for cold storage • Reinforced ergonomic handles

61.020

FROM £

8.20 21010

We can indelibly mark containers with your company name or logo - please enquire!

21027

21006 21005

CAPACITY (litres) 5 6 10 10 15 20 -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 118 x 300 x 200 74 x 400 x 300 118 x 400 x 300 118 x 400 x 300 175 x 400 x 300 235 x 400 x 300 30 x 400 x 300

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 108 x 257 x 159 64 x 355 x 255 105 x 355 x 255 105 x 355 x 255 164 x 355 x 255 220 x 355 x 255 -

21009

DESCRIPTION

COLOUR OPTIONS

SOLID SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21010) SOLID SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES, SOLID BASE (STYLE AS 21020) LID FOR 400 x 300 CONTAINERS

GREY, RED GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY, RED GREY GREY, RED

WEIGHT (kg) 0.42 0.48 0.66 0.80 1.02 1.18 0.36

ORDER REF 21005 21006 21009 21010 21027 21026 61.020

PRICE £8.20 £11.60 £12.10 £12.50 £13.70 £12.70 £6.40

800 x 600 Euro Stacking Containers ✓Inter-stacking containers for building compact stable loads • Vertical sides provide maximum usable volume • European standard modular dimensions for palletisation • Dollies, trolleys and lids available 61086 FROM £

30.80

21090

CAPACITY (litres) 87 125 162 -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 235 x 800 x 600 319 x 800 x 600 412 x 800 x 600 33 x 800 x 600 48 x 809 x 607

21135

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 205 x 755 x 555 295 x 755 x 555 382 x 755 x 555 -

Divider Strips 80

• Polypropylene partitioning system • Divider strips snap to size and interlock to give variable compartment sizes STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

HEIGHT (mm) 45 88 190

TEL: 01446 772614

21162

DESCRIPTION

COLOUR

SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES STANDARD LID FOR 800 x 600mm CONTAINERS SNAP-SHUT LID FOR 800 x 600mm CONTAINERS

GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY

LENGTH (mm) 1100 1100 1100

PACK QTY 60 30 20

ORDER REF OT800404AA OT800804AA OTPE0104AA

PRICE £183.00 £110.00 £126.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 3.85 4.65 5.63 1.86 2.26

ORDER REF 21090 21135 21162 61087 61086

PRICE £30.80 £35.80 £42.50 £14.60 £15.70

Stainless Steel Label Clip Stainless steel label holder for easy identification 76 x 13mm. (loose, without rivets) REF OPE90 PRICE £24.80 Pack of 50 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC081

14/12/10

13:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS STORAGE PRODUCTS

600 x 400 Euro Stacking Containers

✓European standard modular dimensions for palletisation

• Vertical sides provide maximum usable volume • Inter-stacking containers for building compact stable loads • Lids, dollies and trolleys available for Euro containers • Please enquire for hot foil marking of your company name

FROM £

10.40

21008

20028 20029 21013

61045

21033

06032

2A044 2A045

61060

91005 21060

20085

21064

600 x 400 Euro Containers CAPACITY (litres) 8 12 12 28 28 32 33 45 45 45 52 60 60 75 75 -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 50 x 600 x 400 73 x 600 x 400 73 x 600 x 400 150 x 600 x 400 150 x 600 x 400 170 x 600 x 400 175 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 280 x 600 x 400 319 x 600 x 400 319 x 600 x 400 412 x 600 x 400 412 x 600 x 400 30 x 600 x 400 39 x 613 x 411 162 x 604 x 402

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 40 x 555 x 355 62 x 555 x 355 62 x 555 x 355 139 x 555 x 355 139 x 555 x 355 158 x 555 x 355 164 x 555 x 355 215 x 555 x 355 220 x 555 x 355 220 x 555 x 355 255 x 555 x 355 300 x 555 x 355 294 x 555 x 355 394 x 555 x 355 394 x 555 x 355 -

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DESCRIPTION

COLOUR OPTIONS

SOLID SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21013) SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE, CLOSED HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21054) SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES VENTILATED SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES VENTILATED SIDES, SOLID BASE, OPEN HANDLES LID FOR 600 x 400mm CONTAINERS SNAP-SHUT LID FOR 600 x 400mm CONTAINERS DOLLY WITH 4x NYLON SWIVEL CASTORS

GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY GREY, RED GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY RED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 0.80 1.08 0.96 1.48 1.25 1.22 1.70 1.83 2.18 2.14 2.18 2.75 2.33 3.66 3.08 0.87 0.87 4.00

ORDER REF 21008 21013 21014 20028 20029 06032 21033 2A044 2A045 2A049 21055 21060 21064 20085 20086 61060 61045 91005

PRICE £10.40 £11.30 £11.10 £13.90 £16.40 £15.10 £17.10 £16.30 £18.70 £16.20 £20.60 £22.40 £22.80 £28.20 £27.60 £12.00 £12.10 £60.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

81 2011


TC082

16/12/10

11:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS

Snap-Shut Attached Lid Containers ✓Suitable for high value goods, clothing or electrical products • Standard European dimensions to suit pallets and dollies • Capacity 10 - 75 litres • 400 x 300 and 600 x 400 sizes • Integral hinged lids cannot be separated from container and lost

20C10

21C27

21C20

21C30

FROM £

20.20

20C28

21C54 20C85

Snap-Shut Attached Lid Euro Standard Containers CAPACITY (litres) 10 15 20 30 28 45 54 75

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 129 x 400 x 300 186 x 400 x 300 246 x 400 x 300 330 x 400 x 300 161 x 600 x 400 246 x 600 x 400 291 x 600 x 400 423 x 600 x 400

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 105 x 355 x 255 164 x 355 x 255 220 x 355 x 255 300 x 355 x 255 139 x 555 x 355 220 x 555 x 355 265 x 555 x 355 394 x 555 x 355

WEIGHT (kg) 1.21 1.43 1.68 2.18 2.11 3.0 3.33 4.47

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY

20C10 21C27 21C20 21C30 20C28 21C45 21C54 20C85

£20.20 £22.10 £23.00 £27.80 £30.40 £34.20 £39.10 £42.90

Food Trays ✓Food grade polypropylene stacking trays • Three sizes, from 22 to 48 litres capacity • Fully solid or ventilated versions • Ideal for the storage, handling, transportation and display of confectionery and morning goods

FROM

RB318301AA

£

14.50

RB318504AA

GREY LID FOR FOOD TRAYS REF LI301804AA PRICE £15.50

RB318304AA

RB318501AA

RB318701AA

RB318704AA

Food Trays

82

CAPACITY (litres) 22 22 32 32 48 48

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 92 x 762 x 457 92 x 762 x 457 123 x 762 x 457 123 x 762 x 457 176 x 762 x 457 176 x 762 x 457

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TYPE VENTILATED SOLID VENTILATED SOLID VENTILATED SOLID

TEL: 01446 772614

WEIGHT (kg) 1.4 1.8 1.9 2.2 2.1 2.6

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

RB318301AA RB318304AA RB318501AA RB318504AA RB318701AA RB318704AA

£14.50 £14.60 £14.80 £16.60 £16.70 £19.60

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC083

16/12/10

11:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PALLETS / BOXES STORAGE PRODUCTS

Geobox Pallet Boxes

✓High density polyethylene containers for bulk storage ✓Suitable for meat storage, fruit & vegetable storage & waste products • Hygienic impact resistant design, light and strong • Impervious to most forms of chemical erosion • Ventilated sides and base ensure good airflow • Safe and stable stacking • Replaceable feet and runners • Loading 450kg per box, stacked ten high (373 / 543 litre boxes only)

27401

27270

148

143

£

£

580mm

662mm

mm 600

10 00 mm

m 1000m

0mm 120

260 Litre Bulk Storage Boxes

373 Litre Bulk Storage Boxes

• 662H x 1000L x 600Wmm external • 519H x 929L x 544Wmm internal

• 580H x 1200L x 1000Wmm external • 375H x 1110L x 910Wmm internal

CONSTRUCTION SOLID BASE AND SIDES SOLID BASE AND SIDES

BASE FITTINGS TWO RUNNERS SIX FEET

WEIGHT (kg) 13.5 12.7

ORDER REF 27250 27270

PRICE

CONSTRUCTION

£150.00 £143.00

VENTILATED BASE AND SIDES SOLID BASE AND SIDES

BASE FITTINGS TWO RUNNERS SIX FEET

WEIGHT (kg) 28 28

ORDER REF 27401 27402

PRICE £148.00 £143.00

LID for all 373/543 litre storage boxes REF 64401 PRICE £65.00 27603

203

750mm

£

27601

205

£

10 00 mm

0mm 120

543 Litre Bulk Storage Boxes • 750H x 1200L x 1000Wmm external • 545H x 1110L x 910Wmm internal CONSTRUCTION SOLID BASE AND SIDES VENTILATED BASE AND SIDES SOLID BASE AND SIDES VENTILATED BASE AND SIDES

BASE FITTINGS TWO RUNNERS TWO RUNNERS SIX FEET SIX FEET

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WEIGHT (kg) 34 33 33 32

ORDER REF 27600 27601 27602 27603

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £214.00 £205.00 £204.00 £203.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

83 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC084

14/12/10

13:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

PALLETS / CAGES

HYPACAGE® Units

✓Fold completely flat for compact storage • Manufatured from mild steel rod mesh with integral base • Collapsible, save space when not in use, ideal for return journeys • Long lasting, economical alternative to disposable packaging • Bright electro zinc plated finish • Standard half hinged gate access

15.SJA7

15.SJA7FG

164

£

183

£

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITY (kg) MINI HYPACAGE 350 STANDARD HYPACAGE 1000 1000 HEAVY DUTY HYPACAGE 1200 1500 FORKLIFTABLE HYPACAGE 1500

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 670 x 800 x 600 1000 x 800 x 1200 1000 x 1000 x 1200 850 x 1000 x 800 900 x 1200 x 1000 900 x 1200 x 1000

INTERNAL HEIGHT( mm) 540 850 850 700 750 750

FOLDED HEIGHT (mm) 230 280 280 210 210 210

MESH SIZE (mm) 50 x 110 65 x 120 65 x 120 50 x 50 50 x 50 50 x 50

STACKABILITY 5 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH

WEIGHT (kg) 18 46 51 48 75 75

ORDER REF

PRICE

15.739 15.HC2 15.HC3 15.SJA5 15.SJA7 15.SJA7FG

£70.00 £132.00 £130.00 £125.00 £164.00 £183.00

UC775P

196

£

16.110.PT

95

£ 20 Units folded flat

Collapsible Cage Pallet

Stackable Retention Units

✓Safely retain loads preventing overspill

• Four sided collapsible pallet • Removable half drop gate and full gate on opposite sides • 50mm mesh infill to all four sides • Sheet steel base • Blue paint finish

84

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1005 x 1150 x 975

INTERNAL HT (mm) 800

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

MAXIMUM STACK 4

• Use with timber and plastic pallets • Capacity 800kg per unit, stackable as table below • Half drop gate for ease of access • 60 x 120mm wall mesh • One piece units fold flat for storage Pallets stack when flat WEIGHT (kg) 63.5

ORDER REF UC775P

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £196.00

PALLET SIZE (mm) 800 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200

INTERNAL HT (mm) 850 850 1050 1300

info@storage-design.co.uk

MAXIMUM STACK 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 3 HIGH 2 HIGH

WEIGHT (kg) 30 33 37.5 48.5

ORDER REF 16.106 16.110.PT 16.130.PT 16.140.PT

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £89.00 £95.00 £117.00 £138.00

2011


TC085

16/12/10

11:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PALLETS / BOXES

✓A large range of all welded pallets with

STORAGE PRODUCTS

a choice of design options and sizes to suit almost every application

✓Streamline your production and storage

facilities with these purpose made pallets

✓Ideal for storage of finished parts and work in progress

1 Tonne Open Fronted Pallets DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF POF616146SBX POF616161SBX POF916146SBX POF916161SBX POF919176SBX POF129146SBX POF129161SBX POF129176SBX

SHEET PRICE £134.00 £139.00 £144.00 £149.00 £165.00 £171.00 £177.00 £183.00

MESH ORDER REF POF616146MBX POF616161MBX POF916146MBX POF916161MBX POF919176MBX POF129146MBX POF129161MBX POF129176MBX

MESH PRICE £134.00 £139.00 £144.00 £149.00 £165.00 £171.00 £177.00 £183.00

• All welded construction • Pressed metal feet for strength and durability • Jig built for consistent tolerance and size • Pallets and stillages can be stacked up to 4 high • Please enquire for special sizes and designs

FROM

101

£

1 Tonne Half Drop Side Pallets DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF PHD616146SBX PHD616161SBX PHD916146SBX PHD916161SBX PHD919176SBX PHD129146SBX PHD129161SBX PHD129176SBX

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF PBX616146SBX PBX616161SBX PBX916146SBX PBX916161SBX PBX919176SBX PBX129146SBX PBX129161SBX PBX129176SBX

SHEET PRICE £173.00 £180.00 £186.00 £192.00 £213.00 £221.00 £228.00 £236.00

MESH ORDER REF PHD616146MBX PHD616161MBX PHD916146MBX PHD916161MBX PHD919176MBX PHD129146MBX PHD129161MBX PHD129176MBX

1 Tonne Post Pallets MESH PRICE £173.00 £180.00 £186.00 £192.00 £213.00 £221.00 £228.00 £236.00

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

1 Tonne Box Pallets

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SHEET PRICE £155.00 £161.00 £167.00 £172.00 £191.00 £197.00 £205.00 £212.00

MESH ORDER REF PBX616146MBX PBX616161MBX PBX916146MBX PBX916161MBX PBX919176MBX PBX129146MBX PBX129161MBX PBX129176MBX

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

PPO616146BXX PPO616161BXX PPO916146BXX PPO916161BXX PPO919176BXX PPO129146BXX PPO129161BXX PPO129176BXX

£101.00 £105.00 £108.00 £112.00 £134.00 £144.00 £149.00 £155.00

1 Tonne Detachable Side Pallets MESH PRICE £155.00 £161.00 £167.00 £172.00 £191.00 £197.00 £205.00 £212.00

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF PDS616146SBX PDS616161SBX PDS916146SBX PDS916161SBX PDS919176SBX PDS129146SBX PDS129161SBX PDS129176SBX

info@storage-design.co.uk

SHEET PRICE £171.00 £177.00 £184.00 £190.00 £210.00 £217.00 £226.00 £233.00

MESH ORDER REF PDS616146MBX PDS616161MBX PDS916146MBX PDS916161MBX PDS919176MBX PDS129146MBX PDS129161MBX PDS129176MBX

MESH PRICE £171.00 £177.00 £184.00 £190.00 £210.00 £217.00 £226.00 £233.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

85 2011


TC086

16/12/10

11:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS

Colour Codeable Container Trucks

TANK + CHASSIS

306

£

✓370 litres capacity

• Tough powder coated steel chassis • Tubular sides removable for transport and storage • 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm corner mounted castors • Removable tank in food grade polyethylene • 845H x 730W x 1040Lmm overall

COLOUR OPTIONS Red

Yellow

Dark blue

Light blue

White

Black

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

CHASSIS TANK LID

OC0105 RD0303 RL0046

£204.00 £102.00 £54.00

RT0002

£246

RT0003

£293

Tidy Trucks

✓Particularly suited to food or medical

RT0001

waste applications

£218

✓Highly manoeuvrable • Food grade medium density polyethylene • Highly sanitary, easily cleaned • Suited to coldstore use, down to -20ºC • Removable, two-part, centre-hinged black lid • Fitted with steel baseplate for extra strength

Red

Yellow

CAPACITY (litres) 350 500 750

Green

Blue

INTERNAL H x W x L (mm) 580 x 620 x 1060 760 x 620 x 1060 810 x 750 x 1150

Liquid fill line shown in red White

EXTERNAL (inc LID) H x W x L (mm) 790 x 750 x 1160 980 x 750 x 1160 1015 x 920 x 1260

Natural WEIGHT (kg) 22 28 36

Black

Grey

ORDER REF

PRICE

RT0001 RT0002 RT0003

£218.00 £246.00 £293.00

Mini Tipper Truck

EMTT

✓A versatile 310 litre truck for many industrial tasks ✓Highly mobile, narrow enough to fit through any doorway

513

£

• Capacity 310 litres • Weight 32kg • External 860H x 670W x 1270L mm • Internal 650H x 575W x 1095L mm • Two 250mm fixed front wheels and one 125mm swivel at rear Mini Tipper Truck REF EMTT PRICE £513.00 COLOUR OPTION Red

Yellow

Green

Blue

Black

86 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


16/12/10

11:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS STORAGE PRODUCTS

RB0115

RB0111

RB0113 RB0118 RB0119

EACH

65 UE AL TOP V

TOP V

£

BAR TROLLEY COLOURS

A

LUE

TC087

Lightweight Bar Trolleys

✓Designed for use in bars, hotels and restaurants ✓Also suit many commercial and industrial applications

CAPACITY (litres) 135 150 165 185 165

• 45kg load capacity • Food grade polyethylene • Four 50mm nylon swivel castors • Nestable for compact storage

Red

White

Yellow

Green

Blue

Grey

Natural

Black

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 660 x 700 x 485 750 x 680 x 485 620 x 875 x 495 620 x 720 x 670 620 x 1030 x 430

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 550 x 610 x 400 700 x 560 x 400 550 x 760 x 400 550 x 610 x 560 550 x 915 x 330

ORDER REF RB0111 RB0113 RB0115 RB0119 RB0118

PRICE £65.00 £65.00 £65.00 £65.00 £65.00

TRUCKS

DISPENSERS

FROM £

98

SCOOPS

FROM TRUCK & DISPENSER COLOURS

57

£

Primrose Blue

Ingredients Dispensers CAPACITY (kg) 8 15 40

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 250 x 295 x 400 500 x 500 x 250 640 x 685 x 300

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 675 x 620 x 360 675 x 620 x 460 675 x 620 x 560

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Green

White

Red

Yellow

ORDER REF

PRICE

Ingredients Trucks & Dispensers

R10006 R10001 R10002

£57.00 £74.00 £89.00

• Fitted with transparent shatter proof lids • Food grade polyethylene • Non-stick white scoops • Four 75mm swivel castors on trucks Ingredients Scoops

Ingredients Trucks CAPACITY (litres) 65 90 140

Natural

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 580 x 510 x 245 580 x 510 x 345 580 x 510 x 450

ORDER REF R10003 R10004 R10005

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £98.00 £104.00 £115.00

WEIGHT (g) 100 185 385

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 150 x 250 x 110 187 x 310 x 138 230 x 355 x 167

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

OZ00277 OZ00278 OZ00279

£6.30 £8.40 £9.60

www.storage-design.co.uk

87 2011


TC088

16/12/10

11:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS RB0317

Premium Tapered Trucks

RB0412

✓General purpose industrial and catering trucks ✓Nestable for compact storage • Food grade polyethylene • Lids available for all models

RB0121

YOUR COLOUR CHOICE FOR ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE:

RB0120

RB0227

Red Yellow FROM

Green

62

£

Blue

RB0003

White Natural Black Grey

Premium Tapered Trucks * These models are fitted with a plastic base, for extra strength CAPACITY (litres) 72 118 135 200 320 455

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 510 x 460 x 460 760 x 460 x 460 690 x 620 x 530 750 x 825 x 480 735 x 1010 x 685 780 x 1320 x 735

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 410 x 410 x 410 660 x 410 x 410 580 x 550 x 465 645 x 740 x 410 595 x 905 x 585 630 x 1225 x 615

WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS

TRUCK ORDER REF RB0003 RB0120 RB0121 RB0227 RB0317* RB0412*

TRUCK PRICE £62.00 £68.00 £74.00 £122.00 £140.00 £179.00

LID ORDER REF RL0087 RL0087 RL0088 RL0089 RL0090 RL0091

LID PRICE £24.00 £27.00 £27.00 £28.90 £36.80 £44.60

Heavy Duty Mobile Trucks ✓Heavy duty design to take the rigours of industrial use ✓Food grade polyethylene • Completely smooth interior for easy cleaning • Reinforced with 12mm plywood base • Lids are available for many sizes • Tapered sides allow multiple stacking • Straight sides give maximum internal capacity FROM

£81

RB0403

FROM

RB0211

RB0303

RA0101

£128

RA0401

In full colour range as above Heavy Duty Tapered Trucks CAPACITY (litres) 130 150 225 250 320 425 625 870

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 735 x 735 x 380 510 x 920 x 580 810 x 735 x 570 785 x 840 x 585 760 x 1015 x 685 760 x 1320 x 710 760 x 1420 x 840 840 x 1500 x 990

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 660 x 660 x 305 380 x 840 x 510 710 x 650 x 495 660 x 760 x 510 610 x 915 x 610 610 x 1220 x 610 610 x 1370 x 760 685 x 1420 x 915

CAPACITY (litres) 160 165 255 335 485 520 625 785

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 690 x 810 x 450 735 x 635 x 485 750 x 910 x 560 760 x 1015 x 710 760 x 1120 x 890 840 x 1090 x 785 890 x 1370 x 710 815 x 1475 x 940

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 580 x 730 x 370 610 x 610 x 455 630 x 800 x 530 610 x 915 x 610 610 x 1015 x 785 710 x 1015 x 725 760 x 1295 x 635 685 x 1370 x 840

WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN 50mm SWIVEL CASTORS, ON CORNERS 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 65mm SWIVEL CASTORS, ON CORNERS 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 75/100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 75/100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100/125mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM

TRUCK ORDER REF RB0103 RB0109 RB0203 RB0211 RB0303 RB0403 RB0603 RB0801

TRUCK PRICE £81.00 £96.00 £106.00 £146.00 £152.00 £199.00 £233.00 £362.00

LID ORDER REF RL0050 RL0051 RL0014 RL0045 RL0001 RL0048 RL0015 -

LID PRICE £37.50 £42.60 £32.40 £48.00 £48.00 £66.00 £80.00 -

TRUCK ORDER REF RA0123 RA0101 RA0201 RA0305 RA0401 RA0503 RA0601 RA0701

TRUCK PRICE £130.00 £128.00 £145.00 £187.00 £213.00 £237.00 £239.00 £273.00

LID ORDER REF RL0016 RL0025 RL0011 -

LID PRICE £42.60 £30.70 £56.00 -

Heavy Duty Straight Sided Trucks

88

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN 2 x 75mm FIXED, 2 x 75mm SWIVEL, ON CORNERS 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC089

16/12/10

11:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS

Self Levelling Trucks

STORAGE PRODUCTS

✓Designed for easy transportation of bulk goods in the workplace ✓Ideal use for regular loading & unloading of heavy goods • 2 x 100mm fixed & 2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors • Two truck sizes and strengths, each with spring loaded platform • Very robust and easy to manoeuvre

RA0318/30

RA0401/30

554

£

585

£

Self Levelling Trucks CAPACITY (litres) 250 250 350 350

LOAD BEARING (kg) 30 120 30 120

EXT DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 755 x 1025 x 710 755 x 1025 x 710 770 x 1120 x 890 770 x 1120 x 890

INT DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 550 x 910 x 595 550 x 910 x 595 610 x 1000 x 785 610 x 1000 x 785

ORDER REF RA0318/30 RA0318/120 RA0401/30 RA0401/120

PRICE £554.00 £578.00 £585.00 £609.00

Order Picking Truck

✓Big 885 litre truck for order picking and many other warehouse tasks

✓Unique design allows for easy loading, storage and transportation of goods

RB0903

299

• Colour codeable for product segregation • Food grade polyethylene • 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors, corner mounted • 1180H x 1255W x 785Dmm external • 1045H x 1175W x 720Dmm internal

£

REF RB0903 PRICE £299.00 TRUCK AND CONTAINER COLOURS Red

Yellow

Green

Blue

White

Natural

Black

Grey

Mobile Containers • Food grade polyethylene • Reinforced 12mm plywood base • 2 fixed & 2 swivel castors: 75mm up to 200 litres, 100mm on larger* models • Zinc-plated metal handles Mobile Containers VOLUME (litres) 65 130 150 200 200 350* 365* 445*

EXT DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 635 x 510 x 370 765 x 510 x 510 690 x 650 x 445 700 x 800 x 445 620 x 690 x 690 740 x 875 x 830 1110 x 645 x 645 910 x 850 x 845

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

INT DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 520 x 470 x 340 660 x 455 x 455 585 x 585 x 380 595 x 735 x 355 535 x 610 x 610 635 x 805 x 770 1005 x 600 x 600 805 x 785 x 780

ORDER REF RA0005 RA0121 RA0120 RA0117 RA0209 RA0309 RA0311 RA0405

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £111.00 £116.00 £126.00 £130.00 £150.00 £198.00 £211.00 £222.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

89 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC090

16/12/10

11:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Cutters & Stands

Packaging Equipment

• 1200mm and 1500mm cutting widths • Rotary cutter cuts in both directions • Mobile stands include roll support mandrel

✓Modular ergonomic packaging stations to increase your efficiency and output

• European quality manufacture • Units can be adapted and re-sited as needs change • Stepless height adjustment suits all personnel, all tasks

A

Maxi Packing Table 1600 x 800

• Height adjustable 700-920mm REF 60-200 PRICE £341.00

1200mm Wide

1500mm Wide

Cutter REF 60-940 PRICE £226.00

Cutter REF 60-941 PRICE £247.00

Stand REF 60-301 PRICE £257.00

Stand REF 60-302 PRICE £263.00

B

Dual Shelf Top & Mandrel Set

• • • •

2 vertical supports Top carton shelf with 6 dividers Steel cantilever mid shelf Mandrel kit for small paper/film rolls REF 60-900 PRICE £257.00

C

Underbench Mandrel

• For large paper/film rolls • With all brackets and rollers REF 60-703 PRICE £81.00

B

Preset Length Tape Dispensers

H G

H

J

K

Special Price

PAKIT4

569

Increased productivity on repetitive packaging tasks See page 92

£

G K

J A

D

Complete Tidy Table G

Tidy Table 800 x 800

H

Dual Shelf Top Section

• Height adjustable • 2 vertical supports • Top carton shelf with 4 dividers 700-920mm • Steel cantilever midshelf REF 60-100 PRICE £267.00 REF 60-906 PRICE £179.00 J

90

Undershelf 600 x 800 REF 60-956 PRICE £84.00

K

Tool Box with Guides REF 60-931 PRICE £69.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Staplers & Tackers A full range of manual & electrical models available on page 93

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC091

16/12/10

11:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

D

Undershelf 1600 x 600 REF 60-955 PRICE £144.00

E

Chip Dispenser Section 800 x 800 Add-On Table + Hopper Frame (excludes bag, valve & poly chips) REF 60-105 PRICE £578.00 Legs (pair) to make frame freestanding REF 60-901 PRICE £72.00

Add-On Table 800 x 800 • Not free standing, this table has one leg frame only REF 60-102 PRICE £194.00

Special Price

PAKIT3

A

860

£

Complete Packing Station B

C

Plus 1200mm Cutter

A

Flow-Pack Hopper • 2 x 15 cu ft bag capacity with valve (polystyrene chips not included) REF FPH PRICE £357.00

E

C

Bubble Film & Corrugated Paper

Packaging Tapes & Hand Dispensers

Range of sizes available See page 94

Tapes & machines for every application See page 92

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

91 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC092

16/12/10

11:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

PACKAGING / TAPES & DISPENSERS

Adhesive Tapes & Dispensers C

Preset Length Tape Dispensers

✓Increased productivity and reduced wastage

D

• Dispenses tape to the exact length required F H

A

SL/1 25mm Lever Operation

B

E G

SL/1

£37.90

Bench & Hand Tape Dispensers PIC

DESCRIPTION

A B C D E F G H

CLAMP ON BENCH TAPE DISPENSER BENCH TAPE DISPENSER HEAVY DUTY BENCH TAPE DISPENSER HEAVY DUTY BENCH TAPE DISPENSER PISTOL GRIP BRAKED TAPE DISPENSER PISTOL GRIP TAPE DISPENSER METAL HAND TAPE DISPENSER METAL HAND TAPE DISPENSER

MAX TAPE WIDTH (mm) 2 x 25 or 1 x 50 25 50 75 50 75 25 50

ORDER REF

PRICE

B3/TC B20/NOVA PD/332 PD/750 H11/CP H75 D2/25 D2/50

£9.20 £4.40 £12.90 £14.00 £4.50 £8.10 £8.80 £10.90

SL/3 50-75mm Lever Operation

SL/3

£95

Adhesive Tapes DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS WxL 24mm x 66m 25mm x 50m 25mm x 66m 50mm x 66m 75mm x 66m 50mm x 66m

CLEAR EASY-TEAR TAPE CROSS-WEAVE REINFORCED TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE FRAGILE - PRE PRINTED TAPE (RED ON WHITE)

CARTON QUANTITY 72 36 72 36 24 36

ORDER REF ET24 CW25/50 820/25 820/50 820/75 PPT/1

PRICE £42.10 £80.00 £47.50 £29.20 £37.10 £64.00

UMET/75 15-75mm Electronic UMET/75

£785

Gummed Paper Tapes & Dispensers • Takes standard and reinforced adhesive tapes • Auto repeat facility • Override button dispenses 50mm to infinity TAPE WIDTH 25mm 50-75mm 15-75mm

DISPENSED LENGTH 0-75mm 0-200mm 50-1300mm

ORDER REF SL/1 SL/3 UMET/75

PRICE £37.90 £95.00 £785.00

EPS/80

£25

80mm Pull & Tear

✓Low cost gummed tape dispenser • Roller moistens as tape is pulled forward • Pull against blade to cut to length • Accepts gummed side in and gummed side out paper rolls • Six month warranty Pull & Tear Dispenser, 80mm wide tape REF EPS/80 PRICE £25.00

Gummed Paper Tape Standard Tapes (gummed side out) supplied in choice of paper weights

92

ROLL SIZE WxL 48mm x 200m 72mm x 200m 48mm x 200m 72mm x 200m

PAPER WEIGHT 60g/m2 60g/m2 70g/m2 70g/m2

ORDER REF P60-48 P60-72 P70-48 P70-72

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE PER ROLL £2.50 £3.70 £2.60 £3.80

20-100mm Lever Operated

✓Two year warranty

• Lever operation dispenses pre-determined length of tape • Tape lengths adjustable 100-1100mm • Maximum roll diameter 200mm • Accepts plain or reinforced gummed side in and gummed side out rolls Lever Operated Dispenser, 20-100mm tape REF UNI/200/B6 PRICE £383.00

Reinforced Gummed Tape High strength fibre mesh reinforced paper (gummed side out) ROLL SIZE WxL 48mm x 100m 70mm x 100m

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF P140-48R P140-70R

PRICE PER ROLL £3.30 £4.70

info@storage-design.co.uk

20-100mm Electronic

✓Eighteen months warranty

• Moistens, cuts and dispenses preprogrammed lengths of tape • Integral heating and moisture control for perfect adhesion • Tape lengths adjustable 100-1150mm • Maximum roll diameter 200mm • Accepts plain or reinforced gummed side in and gummed side out rolls Electronic Dispenser, 20-100mm tape REF C/25 PRICE £1110.00 www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC093

16/12/10

11:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING / STAPLER & TACKERS Stapling Pliers

R/3 Ergonomic with firm handle grip. Removes almost any staple

R/51 R/1/26 R/31 Small, comfortable and Regular office and Heavy duty packaging easy to use. Staples up packaging. Staples/pins plier. Ideal for cartons to 12 sheets of paper up to 50 sheets paper and padded bags

R/606/KIT

£198

Heavy Duty Electric Tacker & Brad Nailer

21/4

REF R/3 PRICE £11.00

26/6-8

R/51 £12.30

✓Ideal for exhibition contractors,

73/8-12

R/1/26 £20.00

R/31 £43.60

Hand Tackers

shopfitters and upholsterers

• Fires staples or brads up 25mm into hardwood or softwood, particle board, masonite etc. • Also recommended for repetitive production work with insulation and decorative materials • Uses type 606 staples, 12-25mm, type 300 brads, 15-25mm Heavy Duty Electric Tacker Kit REF R/606/KIT PRICE £198.00 Type 606 Staples 12mm leg 606/12 £5.90 (pack 1200) 18mm leg 606/18 £5.90 (pack 960) 25mm leg 606/25/4000 £30.40 (pack 4000)

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Staple Remover

R/13 R/33 R/34 R/36 Ergonomic light duty Heavy duty steel model Heavy duty, for fixing Cable tacker for coaxial tacker. ABS body with Adjustable driver for insulation materials, and other low voltage jam-free steel magazine stapling into timber carpet underlay etc. cables (below 50V) 13/4-10

13/6-14

140/6-14

R/13 £22.30

R/33 £49.00

R/34 £31.90

Hammer Tackers

Type 300 Brads 15mm 300/15 £6.20 (pack 900) 20mm 300/20 £7.10 (pack 880) 25mm 300/25 £7.40 (pack 880)

Combi

R/11 R/54 Simple, durable tacker Heavy duty for thicker for labels, insulation etc. materials, inc roofing 140/6-10

Electric

R/83 R/90 ABS body, fires staples Fully adjustable precision or brads to 16mm automatic machine 13/6-14,

140/8-14

R/11 £42.20

36/10-14 + 36/14 white

R/36 £45.80

300/16

R/83 £28.00

R/54 £78.00

R/90 £215.00

General Purpose Staples

Cable Staples

Packs of 5000 Size 13/4 Size 13/6 Size 13/8 Size 13/10

£5.90 £5.00 £5.60 £5.40

Size 13/14 Size 140/6 Size 140/8 Size 140/10

£6.50 £5.80 £6.30 £7.40

Size140/14 Size 21/4 Size 26/6 Size 26/8

66/6

Packs of 5000 £9.20 £2.30 £1.10 £4.30

Size 66/6 Size 73/8 Size 73/10 Size 73/12

£4.80 £7.50 £8.30 £8.40

Size 36/10 Size 36/12 Size 36/14 Size 36/14W

£14.20 £14.90 £16.00 £19.50

Carton Bottom Stapler PTS-A

£172

• For closing bottoms of cartons prior to filling • Easy to use foot operation • High capacity staple magazine

PTS

£91

REF PB-S PRICE £334.00

Air Operated Carton Top Stapler • Pneumatic operation avoids operator fatigue • Uses wide crown 32mm carton staples in 15mm & 18mm leg length for secure fastening • Staple depth adjustment to avoid damage to packed goods • Weighs only 2kg

Staples for PTS & PB-S (all prices per pack of 2000)

Carton Top Stapler • Accurately seals top flaps of assembled cartons • 4 position depth gauge

PB-S

£334

REF PTS PRICE £91.00

TEL: 01446 772614

18mm leg (general purpose) 32/18 £6.20 1-9 packs 32/18/10 £5.40 10 packs 22mm leg (triple wall, PB-S only) 32/22 £7.40 1-7 packs 32/22/8 £6.40 8 packs

REF PTS-A PRICE £172.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

15mm leg (general purpose) 32/15 £5.00 1-9 packs 32/15/10 £4.50 10 packs

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

93


TC094

16/12/10

11:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

PACKAGING

Paper & Roll Holders

Pouch Tapes & Dispensers

• Quality packaging grade kraft paper in 4 widths • Roll holders to dispense most wrapping papers • Fitted with serrated blade • Max roll diameter 240mm

• Quick and easy ‘documents enclosed’ pouches on a roll • Each pouch is 150 x 200mm, 330 pouches per roll Dispenser Simple to use - fully adjustable - no wastage REF APTD-150 PRICE £10.40

WALL BRACKETS CRHSWB £2.30 (3 pack)

Pouch Tapes Per roll REF APT/1X PRICE £7.50 Per carton of 12 rolls REF APT1 PRICE £72.00

HANGING BRACKETS CRHSHB £2.40 (3 pack) Counter Roll Holders ROLL WIDTH (mm) 500 600 800 1000

ORDER REF CRHS500 CRHS600 CRHS800 CRHS1000

PRICE £50.00 £50.00 £60.00 £65.00

Brown Paper ROLL SIZE WxL 500mm x 300m 750mm x 300m 900mm x 300m

ORDER REF MG500 MG750 MG900

PRICE £17.70 £25.50 £34.30

CO1

Label Dispensers • Convenient dispensers for self adhesive labels up to 300mm wide • Each model takes single or multiple reels up to its maximum width • Accepts labels on a roll, or fan folded • Heavy duty design on non-slip rubber feet • Quick and easy to use: labels "peel off" as they pass through the gate

FCP

PCC/R right hand PCC/L left hand PSC/1

CO/K2

Corrugated Paper • Tough protection for industry • Biodegradable and recyclable 650mm Wide x 75m Roll REF CP650 PRICE £20.90 900mm Wide x 75m Roll REF CP900 PRICE £28.40

Self Adhesive Labels • Printed RED on white • Each label 89 x 36mm • 2000 labels on each roll LABEL TEXT (mm) FRAGILE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED

Safety Tools

ORDER ROLL REF PRICE PL/R1 £18.20 PL/R4 £18.20

Label Dispensers WIDTH (mm) 90 120 180 300

ORDER REF SP/90 SP/120 SP/180 SP/300

PRICE £60.00 £64.80 £71.00 £83.00

Carton Opener Cuts string, cord, tapes and plastic strapping - removes staples and opens taped cartons REF CO1 PRICE £6.50 Film Cutter Cuts stretchwrap, shrinkwrap, bubble film etc. - with reversible guarded blade REF FCP PRICE £1.20 Case Cutter (left or right handed) Retractable blade has 3 lockable positions. Angled guide protects operator from blade and acts as guide whilst cutting case tops REF PCC/R or PCC/L PRICE £2.40 Safety Cutter Multi-purpose tool, suitable for banding, strapping, string, tape, plastic film & sheet etc. Blunt edge blade opens taped boxes REF PSC/1 PRICE £1.90

Bubble Film • Soft, strong cushioned protection • Small and large bubble in rolls • Dispenser pack for smaller users Small Bubble 75m Rolls ROLL WIDTH (mm) 600 750 900

ORDER REF SB/600 SB/750 SB/900

PRICE £16.10 £20.10 £24.10

Large Bubble 50m Roll 750mm wide REF LMB/750 PRICE £20.10

Stock Cartons • Popular sizes from stock Single Wall Corrugated Cartons (packs of 50) DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 76 x 225 x 300 (A4) 125 x 225 x 300 (A4) 225 x 225 x 300 (A4) 225 x 300 x 450

ORDER REF SW/1 SW/2 SW/3 SW/4

PACK PRICE £21.60 £21.60 £21.60 £51.00

Bubble lined Postal Packs • Cost effective • Ultra lightweight • Self-sealing EXT DIMS PACK ORDER (mm) QUANTITY REF 120 x 225 200 APP/1/SA 140 x 275 200 APP/2/SA 170 x 275 100 APP/3/SA 200 x 325 100 APP/4/SA 240 x 325 100 APP/5/SA 240 x 400 100 APP/6/SA 250 x 400 100 APP/7/SA 290 x 420 100 APP/8/SA 320 x 505 50 APP/9/SA 370 x 530 50 APP/10/SA

Double Wall Corrugated Cartons Sectioned Blade Cutter (packs of 10) Popular general purpose cutting Handy Pack DIMENSIONS ORDER PACK tool. With sliding blade, blade H x W x L (mm) REF PRICE 300mm x 35m small bubble, 450 x 400 x 550 DW/1 £27.40 lock and blade breaking device 94 supplied with safety cutter 500 x 500 x 750 DW/2 £44.00 REF QP/3035 PRICE £11.40 REF CO/K2 PRICE £3.90 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £22.10 £25.80 £13.90 £18.10 £20.80 £24.80 £26.70 £36.10 £24.60 £28.50

2011


TC095

16/12/10

11:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING / GLUE GUNS & STRETCHWRAP

P/150

P/312

P/912

P300/G

£18.20

£30

£84

£69

CORDLESS GUN

Hobby Tec 150

Lightweight 312

Industrial 912

Gastec 300

✓Lightweight and comfortable

✓Lightweight but powerful

✓For continuous packaging

✓Lightweight cordless gun

• Narrow profile handle • Full-hand lever trigger • Self regulating heater • Built-in stand • Dispenses up to 400g adhesive per hour

• Double insulated for safety • Self regulating heater • Clip-on stand • Ready to go in 4/5 minutes • Dispenses 750g adhesive per hour

• Robust industrial quality • Unique design: can be left on for hours, with no glue melt back • Dispenses 2kg adhesive per hour

REF P/150 PRICE £18.20

REF P/312 PRICE £30.00

REF P/912 PRICE £84.00

• Runs on butane gas lighter fuel • Combined gas valve / piezo igniter • Runs for 1 hour, refills in 10 secs • Accurate thermostat for consistent results • Heats for use in 5 minutes • Dispenses 1.2kg adhesive / hour

and assembly

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Hot Melt Glue Guns For rapid and easy packaging assembly, plus all manner of bonding, sealing and reinforcing tasks. Work on card, wood, paper, fabrics, most plastics, ceramics, and many more materials.

REF P300/G PRICE £69.00

12mm Hotmelt Adhesive Sticks General Purpose medium set time 95/12/300-5 £34.90 / 5kg

Packaging Grade rapid setting 96/12/300-5 £34.90 / 5kg

Clear General Purpose slow set time 97/12/300-5 £34.90 / 5kg

Silicon Release Mat Prevents glue sticking to surface 200 x 200mm REF TM/1 PRICE £6.40

Stretchwrap

✓Fast, clean, low cost wrapping ✓Film sticks to itself without damaging the product • A fraction of the cost of tapes or strapping • Crystal clear protection for all manner of items • Tough enough to stabilise palletised cartons

HEAVY DUTY HP/125 SR500

£12.80

HSP/100/12

Industrial Stretchwrap Dispensers • Accommodate 400-500mm wide stretch film rolls • Twist-grip handle controls tension • Regular (yellow) and heavy duty (red) models Regular Stretchwrap Dispenser REF SR500 PRICE £12.80

Handy Stretchwrap Kits

Heavy Duty Stretchwrap Dispenser REF HSR/500/HD-1 PRICE £23.70 Clear & Black Cast Stretchwrap Films COLOUR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR BLACK (SECURITY)

FILM THICKNESS 17 microns 20 microns 23 microns 34 microns 20 microns 25 microns

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ROLL WIDTH x LENGTH 400mm x 300m 400mm x 300m 400mm x 300mm 400mm x 200mm 500mm x 300m 500mm x 250m

ORDER REF 4030/17-6 4030/20-6 4030/23/B/EC-6 4020/34/B/EC-6 5030/20-6 5025/25BK-6

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE PER PACK OF 6 £40.30 £50.00 £52.00 £51.00 £61.00 £59.00

100mm Stretch Packer Kit Squeeze action hand tool plus twelve 150m long reels of stretch film REF HSP/100/12 PRICE £20.60 Bulk 100mm Stretch Film Pack of 36 x 150m reels REF 1015/36 PRICE £39.90

info@storage-design.co.uk

125mm Stretch Bundlers 200m long heavy duty film reel with squeeze grip disposable handle. Supplied in packs of five. REF HP/125 PRICE £13.80

www.storage-design.co.uk

95 2011


TC096

16/12/10

11:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

PACKAGING / STRAPPING

Steel Strapping Equipment

✓The toughest strapping for the most demanding industrial jobs:

SAVE

£60+

heavy machinery, wooden cases and palletised loads

✓Oscillated wound steel strapping gives more strap per reel, and therefore will suit large volume users

A

• Choose from 13, 16 or 19mm wide strapping according to the breaking strain necessary • The tensioner is a universal tool for all widths, but a separate sealer will be required for each width of tape used • Our safety shears are designed to prevent whiplash injuries which can occur when highly tensioned strapping is cut Shears will suit all widths of strapping

COMPLETE

PAKIT5

F

277

• The mobile trolley will also accommodate all widths of strapping up to 19mm, and has a generous seal holder box attached

£

OUR 6-PIECE STEEL STRAPPING KIT SAVES YOU OVER £60 AND GETS YOU OFF THE GROUND WITH ALL YOU NEED!

SPECIAL! 6-PIECE STRAPPING KIT • Mobile stand • Tensioner and 13mm sealer • Safety shears • Two 420m reels 13mm steel strapping • 1000 13mm metal seals

B C

REF PAKIT5 PRICE £277.00 D

Steel Strapping Consumables

Steel Strapping Tools D

SSC/30 Standard Safety Shears

DESCRIPTION

A A A -

13mm STEEL STRAPPING, 521KG B/S, 334m REEL 16mm STEEL STRAPPING, 651KG B/S, 334m REEL 19mm STEEL STRAPPING, 781KG B/S, 335m REEL 13 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000 16 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000 19 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000

ORDER REF RIB/13/W RIB/16/W RIB/19/W 13/25SS 16/25SS 19/25SS

PRICE £43.00 £53.00 £63.00 £9.50 £11.00 £13.00

Steel Strapping Tools & Trolley

MSC/38 Heavy Duty Safety Shears

E

ITEM

STEEL STRAPPING COMBI TOOL • A convenient alternative to separate tools, the COMBI tensions, seals and indents 13/16mm steel strapping REF 1316/SC/1 PRICE £244.00 13mm Combi Seals (pack 2000) V/M13 £17.30 16mm Combi Seals (pack 2000) V/M16 £21.50

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

B C C C D E F

TENSIONER FOR 13-16-19mm STEEL STRAPPING SEALER FOR 13mm STEEL STRAPPING SEALER FOR 16mm STEEL STRAPPING SEALER FOR 19mm STEEL STRAPPING SAFETY SHEARS FOR 13-16-19mm STEEL STRAPPING H/DUTY SAFETY SHEARS FOR STRAPPING UP TO 38mm MOBILE DISPENSER TROLLEY

ORDER REF 4219/ST 4213/SS 4216/SS 4219/SS SSC/30 MSC/38 RWM/30

PRICE £69.00 £29.00 £29.00 £29.00 £31.00 £162.00 £117.00

Oscillated Wound Steel Strapping • Bigger reels for larger users • Use standard tools as table above OWM

£165

Trolley

• Easily adjusts to suit 13, 16 or 19mm strapping • Brake prevents reels unwinding • Seal holder provided

SEAL FREE COMBI TOOL • Rugged tool which tensions, cuts and seals steel strapping to itself giving an effective seal • Adjusts 13-19mm REF SST/1319 PRICE £526.00

96 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Oscillated Wound Steel Strapping DESCRIPTION 12.7mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 521kg B/S, 965m REEL 16mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 651kg B/S, 763m REEL 19mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 781kg B/S, 643m REEL DISPENSER TROLLEY ( FOR OSCILLATED WOUND STRAPPING)

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF OSC/13 OSC/16 OSC/19 OWM

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £115.00 £115.00 £115.00 £165.00

2011


TC097

16/12/10

11:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING / STRAPPING SAVE £22+

✓Low cost, high efficiency 12mm plastic strapping

COMPLETE

J

PAKIT1

130

• The industry standard system for routine cartons and pallets • Strapping is colour coded according to strength

£

Strapping Consumables ITEM

DESCRIPTION

A -

-

12mm WHITE STRAPPING, 150kg B/S, 2000m REEL 12mm BLACK STRAPPING, 200kg B/S, 1500m REEL 12mm BLUE STRAPPING, 270kg B/S, 1200m REEL 12mm GRIP FAST PLASTIC BUCKLES (FOR TENSIONING BY HAND) PACK OF 1000 12 x 25mm METAL SEALS (FOR USE WITH TOOLS BELOW) DISPENSER BOX OF 1000 EDGE PROTECTORS, BLACK PLASTIC, REEL OF 500

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

C D

TENSIONER / CUTTER FOR 12mm STRAPPING SEALER FOR 12mm STRAPPING SEALS COMBINATION TOOLS – TENSION, SEALS & CUT: LIGHT DUTY COMBI TOOL REGULAR COMBI TOOL HEAVY DUTY RATCHET ACTION COMBI TOOL

B

ORDER REF P12/150S P12/200S P12/270S

£32.00 £27.00 £36.00

PB12

£18.90

12/25/DISP P500/D

£9.20 £11.90

ORDER REF 3215/BT 3212/BS

PRICE £31.00 £20.00

30.10 3012C/P 30.45

£61.00 £95.00 £113.00

ORDER REF PSD PMD

PRICE

SPECIAL! 5-PIECE STRAPPING KIT

PRICE

• Mobile stand • Tensioner/cutter and sealer • White strapping reel A • 1000 metal seals REF PAKIT1 PRICE £130.00

Strapping Tools

E F G

D

Strapping Dispensers ITEM

DESCRIPTION

H J

PORTABLE STATIC DISPENSER (Strapping not included) MOBILE DISPENSER TROLLEY (Strapping not included)

H

PSD Portable Dispenser

C B

£29.00 £60.00

J

E

PMD Dispenser Trolley

F

30.10 Light Duty Combi Tool

3012C/P Regular Combi Tool

Pallet Probe Trolley • Mobile stand with probe • Eliminates difficulty of passing strapping under pallets • Saves time and effort • Security chain holds probe vertically to allow movement of trolley to new position • 1500mm usable probe length • Large tray for seals • Strapping & seals not included

G

30.45 H/Duty Ratchet Combi Tool

Strap & Buckle Starter Kit 12/SBK

12/SSK

• 800m of 12mm polypropylene strapping • 200 grip fast buckles • So simple to use - no tools required! REF 12/SBK PRICE £24.00

Strap & Seal Starter Kit 3215/BT PB12 3212/BS

• 800m of 12mm polypropylene strapping • 300 12x25mm metal seals • Tools are required: select tensioner plus sealer, or combination tool from table above REF 12/SSK PRICE £23.00

Pre-Printed Strapping

REF MPP PRICE £158.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Polypropylene Strapping Equipment

White polypropylene 150kg B/S 12mm x 2000m reels, printed as below FRAGILE HANDLE WITH CARE SECURITY SEALED URGENT DO NOT DROP TEL: 01446 772614

REF 12/150S (+ text) PRICE £57.00 per reel info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk 2011

97


TC098

16/12/10

11:32

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Page 1

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

PACKAGING / SHRINK WRAPPING

Polyethylene Shrink Wrapping

Tarpaulins

✓Professional quality packaging ✓Easy and economical to use

• Uses standard industrial propane gas • Water and tamper proof • Safe and secure protection

✓Heavy duty weatherproof covers • 150gsm polyethylene, with metal eyelets every 1 metre around edges • UV stabilised colour – will not fade • Deep blue one side, green the other • 100% waterproof and washable • Mildew resistant • Reinforced edges

Supplied complete with hose, regulator, tools and carry case

RIP/2200

544

FROM

£

Ripack 2200 Cold Nozzle Shrink Gun Kit • The nozzle remains cool! • No risk of burns – no need for protections • Fast heating over a large area • Power adjustable to suit all types of film • Rotating nozzle for all applications • Automatic regulator for total gas safety • Guard and dead-man device • Power developed 55kW RIPACK 2200 Shrink Gun Kit REF RIP/2200 PRICE £544.00 USE FOR PALLETISED LOADS

PSS/1

GCT

£133

£62

Cylinder Trolley

• Adjustable up to 2 metres width • Wall or floor mounted • One spindle included, extras available

• Adjusts to suit 13/19/47kg industrial propane bottles • Gun holster included

REF PSS/1 PRICE £133.00

REF GCT PRICE £62.00

Polyethylene Shrink Film

98

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Centre-Folded Sheeting FILM WIDTH 2m 3m 4m

FOLDED ROLL ORDER PRICE WIDTH LENGTH REF 1m 108m 125/1/2M/25 £99.00 1.5m 74m 125/1.5/3M/25 £99.00 2m 55m 125/2/4M/25 £99.00 Each centre fold roll is approx 25kg weight

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

4102 4103 4104 4105 4106

£6.10 £18.30 £33.90 £51.00 £81.00

• Suits all manner of industrial items • Large or small components • Group items into a single pack

Mobile Dispenser Stand

LOAD ORDER PRICE SIZE REF PER 25 1000 x 1200 x 1200 GPC/1210/25 £92.00 1200 x 1200 x 1200 GPC/1212/25 £104.00 Pallet covers are supplied in convenient tear-off rolls

Tarpaulins APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS (m) 2x3 4x5 5x8 6 x 10 8 x 12

USE FOR MERCHANDISE

• No more spill-overs! • Use easy pre-formed pallet covers, off the roll!

Pallet Covers

£6.10

info@storage-design.co.uk

Sanstrap Pallet Bands

✓Easy use dispenser box, just open band and stretch around products • Ideal for stabilising pallets • Secures stacks of boxes, • 100% recyclable PE film 600mm long 100mm wide, 200 pieces on perforated roll REF SPB/200/DISP PRICE £22.40 1200mm long 100mm wide, 100 pieces on perforated roll REF SPB/100/DISP PRICE £22.40 www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC099

16/12/10

11:33

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING / HEAT SEALERS

Impulse Heat Sealers

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

✓Time saving sealers and for all manner of industry and commerce ✓Tamper evident seals protect goods and enhance company image • Suit most heat sealable materials - polyethylene, polypropylene, PVC • Compact, reliable, easy to use

SPECIAL! 300mm Sealer/Cutter, with unroller device REF PAKIT6 PRICE £172.00

COMPLETE

PAKIT6

172

£

COMPLETE

PAKIT7

895

£

Unrollers ROLLER WIDTH (mm) 300 450 500 1000

ORDER REF

PRICE

AR/LD300 AR/LD450 AR500 AR1000

£25.70 £34.80 £77.00 £165.00

SPECIAL! 480mm Super Magnet Sealer with unroller & worktable REF PAKIT7 PRICE £895.00

Super Magnetic Impulse Sealers

✓Magnetic hold for easy operation and consistent results Food & Drug Approved Layflat Polythene Tubing • 60 micron thickness (250 gauge) • Supplied in 150m dispenser packs TUBE WIDTH (mm) 75 100 150 300 400

PACK QUANTITY 4 3 2 1 1

ORDER REF DP75/4 DP100/3 DP150/2 DP300/1 DP400/1

PACK PRICE £38.00 £36.00 £32.00 £31.00 £44.00

• For use with plastic bags or layflat tubing up to 2 x 1000 gauge (2 x 250 micron) • Super strong 4mm seal, in four width versions • Hand operated with automatic weld and cooling cycle, adjustable to suit material • Optional foot control available: REF PD1 PRICE £84 extra cost • Illustrated above with optional unroller and worktable Super Magnetic Impulse Sealers MODEL

MAX SEAL WIDTH (mm) 330 480 680 1000

350 500 700 1000

SUPER MAGNET SEALER ORDER REF PRICE SMS350 £673.00 SMS500 £788.00 SMS700 £888.00 SMS1000 £1372.00

OPTIONAL WORKTABLE ORDER REF PRICE WT350 £57.00 WT500 £60.00 WT700 £68.00 WT1000 £126.00

PBS/400

£120

FROM

£139

PCS/150F

£72

Bag Sealers

Manual Sealer / Cutters

Crimpers / Hand Sealers

• Simple low cost sealers • Three sealing widths • Timer adjusts to suit various materials • Makes air and water tight 2mm seal in films up to 2 x 200 micron thickness

• Three sealing widths • Integral film cutter • Adjustable electronic timer adjusts to suit a wide variety of films • EU manufactured to CE approved standards

• Lightweight temperature controlled sealers • Seal width 150mm • Make air and water tight seals in films up to 2 x 200 micron thickness • 150F model suits foils, cellophanes etc.

SEALING WIDTH (mm) 200 300 400

ORDER REF

PRICE

PBS/200 PBS/300 PBS/400

£59.00 £85.00 £120.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SEALING WIDTH (mm) 200 300 400

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

P200/C P300/C P400/C

£139.00 £152.00 £162.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

SEAL DIMENSIONS 150 x 2mm 150 x 15mm

ORDER REF

PRICE

PCS/150 PCS/150F

£59.00 £72.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

99 2011


TC100

16/12/10

11:33

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Bell Chamber Shrink Machine

✓Packs individual items or collates several

• Digital display showing settings • Seals and shrinks simultaneously, with controllable solenoid to ensure perfect film finish every time • Mobile with lockable castors and easy to install, ready for immediate use with operator friendly controls • Dimensions 1180H x 650W x 1100Lmm • Weight 85kgs REF AC-550 PRICE £2050.00

AC-550

2050

£

Other models are available!

Centre Folded Shrinkwrap Film • 19 micron thickness • Supplied in 600m rolls FILM WIDTH (mm) 250 300 350 400 450 500

ORDER REF

PRICE

MEC250-19 MEC300-19 MEC350-19 MEC400-19 MEC450-19 MEC500-19

£32.00 £39.00 £45.00 £51.00 £58.00 £65.00

We can provide a free DVD demonstration of these products, please enquire for more details

Automatic Strapping Machines

✓Semi & automatic machines for high output repetitive strapping tasks • Fast and reliable strapping of single or multiple items • Easy operation for unskilled personnel • Automatic sealing and cutting of strap • Mobile on lockable castors • Full instruction manual and tool kit provided

TP-6000-CE

2200

£

TP-202-CE

618

£

Semi Automatic Strapping Machine

Fully Automatic Strapping Machine

• For 6mm to 15.5mm polypropylene strapping • Easily operated controls including manual tension adjustment • Overall 760H x 902W x 586Dmm • Weight 85kg • Adjustable table height from 760-930mm

• For 8mm to 15.5mm polypropylene strapping, set to 12mm - conversion kit may be required • Foot pedal operation • 27 cycles per minute • Maximum pack size with standard arch 850W x 600Hmm • Overall 1540H x 1430Wx 620Dmm • Weight 220kg

REF TP-202-CE PRICE £618.00

REF TP-6000-CE PRICE £2200.00

Machine Strapping Reels - White Polypropylene

100

Semi Auto 9mm x 4000m (100kg B/S) REF 9/100/MC PRICE £49.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Automatic 9mm x 4000m (100kg B/S) REF 9/100/AUTO PRICE £51.00

TEL: 01446 772614

Semi Auto 12mm x 3000m (145kg B/S) REF 12/145/MC PRICE £44.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Automatic 12mm x 3000m (165kg B/S) REF 12/165/MC PRICE £48.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC101

16/12/10

11:35

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING

Waste Management cardboard and corrugated board

• Make your own cushioning and void fill material • Dual action machines trim and converts in one operation • Single phase and three phase power options • Pay back in as little as one year

Quality products, with full service backup.

CP316S2

£2095

CP422S2

5985

£

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

If you require an onsite demo please call us

✓Cost effective solutions to utilise your waste

Optimum product protection We can provide a free DVD demonstration of these products, please enquire for more details

Model 422S2

Model 428

• Cardboard thickness up to 10mm • Max cut width 320mm • Cutting speed 10 metres/minute • Dimensions 980H x 660W x 660Dmm • Weight 92kg • 230V single phase

• Cardboard thickness up to 15mm • Max cut width 420mm • Cutting speed 12 metres/minute • Dust exhaust connection • Dimensions 1060H x 660W x 660Dmm • Weight 120kg • 230V single phase

• Cardboard thickness up to 17mm • Max cut width 420mm • Cutting speed 14 metres/minute • Dimensions 1100H x 750W x 800Dmm • Weight 260kg • 415V three phase • Dust exhaust connection

REF CP316S2 PRICE £2095.00

REF CP422S2 PRICE £5985.00

REF CP428 PRICE £7810.00

Model 316S2

Industrial Stretch Wrappers

✓12 month warranty ✓A range of machines is available, including builds to customer specification • Adjustable power pre-stretch 200 or 250% • Reliable build - inverter technology • On screen trouble shooting • 1650mm dia turntable, up to 12r/min • 180º rotating control box • Max wrapping height 2000mm, max load 1650kg • Selectable manual control of turntable and film carriage • Soft start and stop • Automatic and manual wrap modes and top sheet cycle Spring Brake Stretchwrap Machine REF PSW/E1 PRICE £3525.00 Core Brake Stretchwrap Machine REF PSW/E2 PRICE £4210.00

PSW/ER

£236

Clear & black* stretchwrap available

* Black stretchwrap is available only in full pallet loads approx 46 rolls

Power Pre-Stretch Wrapper REF PSW/EP2 PRICE £5550.00

FROM

3525

£

Loading Ramp For Wrappers REF PSW/ER PRICE £236.00

Clear & Black Pre-Stretch Films COLOUR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR BLACK* (SECURITY)

FILM THICKNESS 20 microns 23 microns 28 microns 25 microns

ROLL WIDTH x LENGTH 500mm x 1800m 500mm x 1550m 500mm x 1200m 500mm x 1350m

ORDER REF DXS/20 DXS/23 DXS/28 DXS/25/B

£POA £POA £POA £POA

POA PRICE ON APPLICATION

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Price includes installation and training. UK mainland

PRICE

Standard Stretch Wrap 500mm x 1700m, 20 microns Clear 2053/20 £POA

info@storage-design.co.uk

500mm x 1350m, 25 microns Black* 2053/25/B £POA www.storage-design.co.uk

101 2011


TC102

16/12/10

11:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Bay Markers

✓High visibility bay markers for clear identification in the warehouse • Aluminium marker • Magnetic or self adhesive edge • Fixed within seconds - no drilling required • Supplied blank - add your own lettering from our F-8 range • Sizes for single and double digit signs DESCRIPTION MAGNETIC EDGE SIGN MAGNETIC EDGE SIGN SELF ADHESIVE EDGE SIGN SELF ADHESIVE EDGE SIGN S/A VINYL LETTER OR NUMBER

SIZE H x W (mm) 260 x 167 260 x 310 260 x 167 260 x 310 230 x 140

MAX DIGITS 1 2 1 2 -

ORDER REF BM1 BM2 BA1 BA2 F-8

PRICE EACH £15.30 £21.90 £15.30 £21.90 £2.25

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Aisle Markers AM1

AM1F (state left or right)

AM1T

✓High visibility aisle markers provide instant identification for all areas, saving time and reducing costs

• High visibility white or yellow styrene • Flat types are corner drilled for easy fixing • Flange signs are designed for right angled display, and may be lettered both sides if required • We letter the signs for you, so quote your exact requirements!

AM3/3

Aisle Marker Signs Complete With Digits STYLE

AM2/2

AM-4

AM6/1

FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS SELF ADHESIVE FLANGED MAGNETIC FLANGED SELF ADHESIVE FLANGED MAGNETIC FLANGED FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS* FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS

MARKER SIZE DIGITS H x W (mm) PROVIDED 95 x 160 UP TO 3 (50mm) 95 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 95 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 95 x 130 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 95 x 130 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 220 x 270 1 (180mm) 220 x 270 2 (180mm) 220 x 450 1 (180mm) 220 x 450 2 (180mm) 220 x 450 3 (180mm) 300 x 300 1 (180mm) 300 x 300 2 (180mm) 660 x 343 1 x 500mm 600 x 600 1 x 450mm 600 x 600 1 x 450mm *AM-4 is available in YELLOW only

ORDER REF AM1 AM1F AM1FM AM1T AM1TM AM2/1 AM2/2 AM3/1 AM3/2 AM3/3 AM3X/1 AM3X/2 AM-4 AM6/1 AM6/2

PRICE EACH £6.00 £6.00 £6.00 £10.50 £10.50 £8.70 £12.00 £9.30 £13.90 £16.20 £9.30 £13.90 £17.40 £44.10 £68.70

Document Pockets

✓Industrial quality products with folded edges ✓Ideal for when documentation needs to be kept clean • Industrial strength pockets • Pockets will fit A3, A4, A5 and A7 inserts and are available in portrait and landscape format • Magnetic: locates on any steel surface • Self-adhesive: aggressive tape along top and bottom edges (A7 has a tape along the top edge only) TO SUIT DOCUMENTS H x W (mm) 60 x 110 110 x 110 110 x 215 150 x 110 110 x 155 155 x 230 215 x 160 215 x 310 310 x 220

102 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

PACK QTY 100 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

info@storage-design.co.uk

MAGNETIC REF PRICE MP7H/100 £68.40 MP1111/10 £18.90 MP1122/10 £23.40 MP6V/10 £19.50 MP6H/10 £19.50 MP5H/10 £20.40 MP5V/10 £20.40 MP4H/10 £24.60 MP4V/10 £24.60

SELF ADHESIVE REF PRICE AP7H/100 £51.60 AP1111/10 £15.60 AP1122/10 £22.20 AP6V/10 £18.90 AP6H/10 £18.90 AP5H/10 £14.40 AP5V/10 £14.40 AP4H/10 £16.80 AP4V/10 £16.80

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC103

16/12/10

11:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING

FM2

FM4

FM5

FM6

FM11

FM16

FM17

Floor Signal Colour Options

Floor Signals

FM18

• Highlight walkways, fork truck routes and pallet positions on the warehouse floor • Tough PVC with aggressive adhesive backing • Mark block stack pallet areas quickly and effectively with no mess • Designed to withstand everyday warehouse traffic • Suitable for clean, flat, sealed surfaces • Packs available in yellow, red, blue & green, please specify SIGNAL SHAPE CROSS T L CIRCLE ARROW

SIZE (mm)

QUANTITY/ PACK 10 10 10 100 100

300 x 300 200 x 300 200 x 200 90mm dia 90mm HIGH

ORDER REF FS/+ FS/T FS-L FS/O FS/A

PRICE £18.60 £12.90 £12.90 £29.70 £29.70

FM19

FM20

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

FM1

FM22

Floor Graphic Markers

✓High visibility floor graphics to highlight warnings and operational hazards

• 430mm diameter • Permanent adhesive • Graphics printed on the underside of a clear PVC film • Signs withstand everyday warehouse traffic REF FM 1-22 PRICE £16.90 each

Weight Load Notices

BLS5 - Shelf/Pallet Racking

• A range of Weight Loading Notices, detailing the procedures for the maintenance of racking structures • Each sign can be supplied blank or printed black to your design • Signs can be overprinted with your company logo, address and contact details

Floor Identification Markers

Shelf/Pallet Racking

Cantilever Racking

Drive Thru’ Racking

Mezzanine Floor

Weight Load Notices SIZE H x W (mm) 356 x 254 356 x 254 356 x 254 356 x 254 470 x 350

SUITABLE LOCATION SHELF / PALLET RACKING CANTILEVER RACKING DRIVE THRU’ RACKING MEZZANINE FLOOR SHELF / PALLET RACKING

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF BLS1 BLS2 BLS3 BLS4 BLS5

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £11.70 £11.70 £11.70 £11.70 £13.80

• Manufactured to the same high standard as our graphic markers these 190mm diameter floor markers are printed with bold black alpha or numeric digits on a yellow background • They are suitable for use on dry, clean, flat sealed surfaces • Available in A-Z letters, single digits 0-9 and double digits 10-25 • Hi-visibility floor markers • Each marker is 190mm diameter • Designed to identify aisle, bay or other warehouse floor areas SIZE (mm)

QUANTITY

190 dia EACH Please state letter or number required

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

FMC

£4.50

www.storage-design.co.uk

103 2011


TC104

16/12/10

11:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labelling • Easily applied peel-off labels • Cleanly removed • Black characters on yellow background • For factories, warehouses and storerooms • Supplied on cards in identical characters

F1 9.5 x 6mm 168 per card

F2 12.5 x 8.5mm 90 per card

F3 19 x 14mm 36 per card F4 38 x 21mm 12 per card F5 56 x 21mm 12 per card

F6 90 x 38mm 6 per card

LARGER SIZES NOT ILLUSTRATED: F7 130 x 45mm 5 per card F8 230 x 140mm 1 per card

Cards of Individual Characters (Numbers 0-9 or Letters A-Z) LABEL SIZE H x W (mm) 9.5 x 6 12.5 x 8.5 19 x 14 38 x 21 56 x 21 90 x 38 130 x 45 230 x 140

CHARACTERS PER CARD 168 90 36 12 12 6 5 1

ORDER REF F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

Complete Letter & Number Sets

PRICE PER CARD

LABEL SIZE H x W (mm) 9.5 x 6 12.5 x 8.5 19 x 14 38 x 21 56 x 21 90 x 38 130 x 45 230 x 140

£0.90 £0.90 £0.90 £0.90 £1.26 £1.73 £2.25 £2.25

CHARACTERS PER CARD 168 90 36 12 12 6 5 1

Self Adhesive Magnetic Strip

Warehouse Information Labels

• Locates on any steel surface • Makes anything magnetic • Eliminates the need for drilling • Strong permanent self-adhesive

• High visibility individual weight loading labels, suitable for both racking and shelving • Printed with the text of your choice • Available in magnetic or self adhesive • Printed in black on yellow or white background • 70/90mm high labels may be printed on two lines

13mm Wide x 30m REF MSSA/13 PRICE £61.50 20mm Wide x 10m REF MSSA/20 PRICE £32.70 50mm Wide x 10m REF MSSA/50 PRICE £51.00

104 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Minimum order value £25.00 SIZE H x W (mm) 25 x 200 50 x 300 70 x 300 90 x 300 25 x 200 50 x 300 70 x 300 90 x 300

TEL: 01446 772614

FIXING TYPE SELF ADHESIVE SELF ADHESIVE SELF ADHESIVE SELF ADHESIVE MAGNETIC MAGNETIC MAGNETIC MAGNETIC

ORDER REF BL23 BL53 BL73 BL93 BL23M BL53M BL73M BL93M

NUMBERS 0-9 SET OF 10 CARDS F1/0-9 £8.95 F2/0-9 £8.95 F3/0-9 £8.95 F4/0-9 £8.95 F5/0-9 £12.59 F6/0-9 £17.34 F7/0-9 £22.51 F8/0-9 £22.51

LETTERS A-Z SET OF 26 CARDS F1/A-Z £23.27 F2/A-Z £23.27 F3/A-Z £23.27 F4/A-Z £23.27 F5/A-Z £32.73 F6/A-Z £45.09 F7/A-Z £58.55 F8/A-Z £58.55

Floor Location Labels • High Visibility Floor Location Labels used where conventional labels cannot be applied to the racking structure • Aggressive adhesive backing • Printed to your design • Choice of black text on yellow or white background • Can be overprinted with company logo, address and contact details

PRICE

TO ORDER: £0.84 £1.38 £1.94 £2.41 £1.41 £2.64 £3.51 £4.38

info@storage-design.co.uk

Simply call our Sales Office with your requirements: Quantity, size, colour, text and barcode details

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC105

16/12/10

11:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Label Holders

Magnetic Label Holders, Brown 60

Label Holder Profiles

15

25

20

50 40

30

Height (mm)

Self Adhesive Label Holders, White SIZE HxW 15 x 80mm 30 x 80mm 50 x 80mm 15mm x 1m 30mm x 1m 50mm x 1m

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 10 STRIPS 10 STRIPS 10 STRIPS

ORDER REF AL18 AL38 AL58 AL1/10 AL3/10 AL5/10

PACK PRICE £36.30 £49.50 £61.20 £28.50 £38.70 £45.00

SIZE HxW 15 x 80mm 20 x 80mm 25 x 80mm 30 x 80mm 40 x 80mm 50 x 80mm 15 x 500mm 20 x 500mm 25 x 500mm 30 x 500mm 40 x 500mm 50 x 500mm 60 x 100mm 60 x 200mm 30 x 1000mm 30mm x 50m 40mm x 5m 40mm x 10m 50mm x 50m

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 100 100 100 20 20 20 20 20 20 100 50 10 1 ROLL 1 ROLL 1 ROLL 1 ROLL

ORDER REF ML18 ML28X ML28 ML38 ML48 ML58 ML150 ML250X ML250 ML350 ML450 ML550 ML610 ML620 ML3-10 MLR3 MLR4-5 MLR4-10 MLR5

PACK PRICE £29.70 £33.90 £36.60 £40.80 £54.00 £66.30 £38.40 £42.90 £45.60 £50.10 £63.00 £81.30 £76.50 £75.00 £50.10 £156.00 £33.00 £65.70 £219.00

MAGNETIC

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

• Instant identification for steel racking and shelving • Individual 80mm wide labels, or cut your own size off the roll or strip • Magnetic or self-adhesive, protective transparent PVC strip included • Colour codeable - your choice of white, green, red, blue or yellow insert cards (white is supplied unless a colour is specified)

SELF-ADHESIVE

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Ticket Holders • Clear plastic ticket holders • Front pulls forward for card to be inserted • Quick and easy to update • Magnetic or self adhesive backing

80

Ticket Holder Profiles

54

38 25

Self Adhesive Ticket Holders DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 25 x 100 25 x 200 25 x 1000 25 x 2000 38 x 100 38 x 200 38 x 1000 38 x 2000 54 x 100 54 x 200 54 x 1000 54 x 2000 80 x 100 80 x 200 80 x 1000 80 x 2000

WHITE CARD INC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -

PACK QTY 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10

ORDER REF TS210 TS220 TS25/10 TS25/20 TS310 TS320 TS38/10 TS38/20 TS510 TS520 TS54/10 TS54/20 TS810 TS820 TS80/10 TS80/20

PACK PRICE £37.50 £35.70 £29.40 £43.80 £40.80 £38.40 £33.90 £51.00 £56.40 £51.00 £48.60 £83.10 £61.20 £57.00 £53.40 £98.10

Height (mm)

Magnetic Ticket Holders DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 25 x 100 25 x 200 38 x 100 38 x 200 54 x 100 54 x 200 80 x 100 80 x 200 25 x 1000 38 x 1000 54 x 1000 80 x 1000

• Cost effective ticket pouches • Clear front enables barcodes to be scanned • Supplied complete with white card inserts

SELF-ADHESIVE

MAGNETIC

SIZE H x W (mm) 30 x 100 60 x 100 60 x 140 30 x 100 60 x 100 60 x 140

PACK QTY 100 50 100 50 100 50 100 50 10 10 10 10

ORDER REF TS210M TS220M TS310M TS320M TS510M TS520M TS810M TS820M TS25-10M TS38-10M TS54-10M TS80-10M

PACK PRICE £66.00 £52.50 £69.90 £56.10 £83.10 £74.70 £89.40 £81.60 £45.60 £51.60 £72.90 £76.20

An economical range of flexible p.v.c ticket pockets, which have a clear front and yellow back designed for use on racking and shelving. The clear front enables barcodes to be scanned without removing the ticket. The self-adhesive pocket enables it to be permanently fixed, whereas the magnetic pocket can be easily relocated without removing the ticket.

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Pouches

DESCRIPTION

WHITE CARD INC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 100 100 100

ORDER REF SAP310 SAP610 SAP614 MP310 MP610 MP614

PACK PRICE £51.90 £57.30 £64.20 £53.10 £79.80 £91.50

105 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC106

16/12/10

11:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING

Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking Strip

Magnetic Location Markers

• Adheres to any steel surface • Cut to any length to suit • Write on, wipe off • 5 colours as shown, please specify with order

• White face magnetic markers • Locate on any steel surface • Write on with wet-wipe pen – Wipe off • Quick and easy relocation

ROLL SIZE 10mm x 10m 15mm x 10m 20mm x 10m 25mm x 10m 30mm x 10m 40mm x 10m

ORDER REF MSR1 MSR/15 MSR2 MSR25 MSR3 MSR4

PRICE

ROLL SIZE

£12.00 £16.80 £20.40 £24.30 £27.60 £35.10

50mm x 10m 60mm x 10m 70mm x 10m 80mm x 10m 90mm x 10m 100mm x 10m

ORDER REF MSR5 MSR6 MSR7 MSR8 MSR9 MSR10

PRICE £42.60 £42.90 £49.50 £53.40 £57.30 £62.10

DIMENSIONS (mm) 20 x 80 30 x 80 50 x 80 56 x 105 90 x 210 30 x 100

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 100 10 100

ORDER REF LM28 LM38 LM58 LM105 LM219 LM310

PACK PRICE £19.80 £25.50 £37.80 £51.90 £15.30 £27.60

Black Wet-Wipe Pens pack of 10 REF PB/10 PRICE £17.70

Magnetic Numbers & Letters • Magnetic tiles supplied on sheets of a combination of mixed alpha or numeric digits • Black digits, white or yellow background • Tile sizes 43mm with 39mm high digit or 23mm with a 17mm high digit

Sheets of identical characters can be supplied to special order

Magnetic Numbers & Letters COLOUR

TILE DIGITS HEIGHT mm PER SHEET 43 59 43 55 23 198 23 192 43 59 43 55 23 198 23 192 *L = Letters A-Z, N = Numbers 0-9

WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW

RACK

BAY

09

LEVEL

C-04-E

09

ORDER REF*

PRICE

M43MIXW/N M43MIXW/L M23MIXW/N M23MIXW/L M43MIXY/N M43MIXY/L M23MIXY/N M23MIXY/L

£17.70 £17.70 £17.70 £17.70 £17.70 £17.70 £17.70 £17.70

08 07 06 05 04

Beam & Shelf Code Labelling

03

02 08 01 F 07 06 F E 05 04 E 03 09 D 0 08 2 0 07 1 D C 06 F C B 05 04 E A 03 D 02 01 B C F E D C B A

106 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

A

B A

✓Clear and precise identification for the modern warehouse • Maximise your warehouse traffic & minimise costly picking errors • Designed to your specific requirements • Self adhesive, or magnetic for easy relocation • Can include bar and colour coding • Single or double code sequences, barcodes and directional arrows • We can accept data as hard copy, or on disc in Excel files • Installation Services are available

WE PRODUCE LABELS TO YOUR OWN DESIGN TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC107

16/12/10

11:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Hanging Pockets

Wrap-Around Pockets

✓Suitable for industrial wooden cases, trolleys,

✓Unique magnetic looped header wraps around the mesh of the cage

stillages, pallet converters, and many more up to a maximum hanging rail of 25mm thick

• Designed for industrial roll cages or mesh containers • Three information pockets manufactured in tough plastic • Available in sizes A4, A5 and A6 • Suitable for all rollcages

• Two information pockets manufactured in tough plastic • Unique hooked header design SIZE H x W (mm) 210 x 297 210 x 297 155 x 220 155 x 220

QUANTITY/ PACK 10 100 10 100

ORDER REF WCP4H/10 WCP4H/100 WCP5H/10 WCP5H/100

PRICE £29.70 £255.00 £23.70 £192.00

SIZE H x W QUANTITY/ ORDER (mm) PACK REF 297 x 210 10 WRP4V/10 148 x 210 10 WRP5H/10 105 x 210 10 WRP6H/10

Custom Printed Labels

PRICE £159.00 £132.00 £117.00

MP

P

GW

E

GL

A

WT

M

BM

BK

✓Easy collection & segregation of warehouse waste

Supplied pre-cut on rolls, printed to your design. Please specify when ordering: • Quantity required (minimum 1000 labels) • Size of label - height and width in millimetres • Material required - paper, vinyl or polyester • Finish required - matt or gloss • Number of print colours • Description of text • Consecutive number sequence

TEL: 01446 772614

£37.20 £30.90 £27.60

QUANTITY/ ORDER PACK REF 50 WRP4V/50 50 WRP5H/50 50 WRP6H/50

Racksack

• Bespoke labels designed to your own specification: Company logos, sequential numbering, property of... • Part laminated (for addition of your own data)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE

• Simple fixing and trouble free handling, supplied with two strong ‘S’ hooks • Suitable for shelving 900mm to 1100mm deep • Made from tough waterproof polyester with carrying and emptying handles • Dimensions 1000H x 920Wmm • Available in 10 designs, please specify suffix QUANTITY/ PACK 1 5 10

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF RSB1 RSB5 RSB10

PRICE £19.80 £93.00 £174.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

107 2011


TC108

16/12/10

11:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

SCALES 315

EACH

EACH

£69.30

£148

£69

Postal Scale

Electronic Bench Scale

Weighing & Counting Scales

• Rate computing postal scale, PiP compatible • Simple operation, with auto switch-off • Metered and stamped mail • Displays price to pay • 5kg capacity • 200 x 135mm plate size • 120mm high letter rack

• A light industrial bench scale for kitchens, post rooms, store areas and warehouses • 245 x 215mm stainless steel platform, tough ABS case with adjustable feet • Rechargeable battery, approx 160 hours life. Mains adapter also included • Function keys for on/off/zero and tare/units • Displays 7 digits in kg & g, lb & oz • Overall dimensions 95H x 250W x 300Dmm

• Robust high impact ABS case • Battery powered, with 12V mains adaptor • 3 displays - weight, piece, count - 15mm high • Straightforward operation • Ideal for stocktaking and parts counting • Auto off feature with variable setting • Case 117H x 295W x 335Lmm • Top plate 290 x 220mm

REF 315 PRICE £69.30

MICRO

£59

CAPACITY

RESOLUTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

6kg 15kg

1g 2g

405/6 405/15

£69.00 £69.00

CAPACITY

RESOLUTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

6kg 15kg 30kg

1g 2g 5g

B120/6 B120/15 B120/30

£148.00 £148.00 £148.00

WS300-50

£220

Micromail 2 Postal Scale • Compact and lightweight • Weighs from 1g to 2200g • Large, flat weighing surface • Updatable rate chart and pen • Add and weigh facility • Dimensions 196 x 168 x 40mm REF MICRO PRICE £59.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Portable Bench Scales • A portable general purpose bench scale • Simple operation with four functions - on/off/zero and lb/kg • Batteries 4 x 1.5V (not included) • UK&EU power adapter supplied as standard • Bench or wall mount bracket supplied • LCD display 4 x 25mm high digits • Platform size 380 x 300 x 27mm high • Approvals CE & WEE directive • Auto - off feature

108

CAPACITY

RESOLUTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

15kg 60kg 120kg

5g 20g 50g

WS/15 WS60 WS/120

£157.00 £157.00 £157.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Light Capacity Platform Scales WS/15

£157

• Stainless steel platform suits hygienic or general purpose weighing • Incorporates four full load bridge loadcells with self levelling, anti-slip feet • Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable • Wall or bench mount bracket included. • Function keys for on/off; tare; units and hold/print • 5½ x 17mm high digit display in kg or lb

CAPACITY

PLATFORM WEIGHT ORDER PRICE HxWxD (mm) (kg) REF 300kg x 50g 60 x 550 x 550 15 WS300-50 £220.00 300kg x 50g 60 x 900 x 550 17 WS300-90 £245.00 500kg x 100g 60 x 915 x 915 42 WS500 £366.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC109

16/12/10

11:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SCALES / HEAVY DUTY

• Constructed from 6mm steel plate with a 6mm anti-slip chequer plate • Hard wearing powder coated finish • Deck height 90mm, fitted with 4 load cells • Optional drive-on ramps • Four top access holes for quick and easy levelling • Supplied with digital indicator DP90 • Ramp or pit frames available EU trade stamped versions are available at an additional cost REF DOT3 PRICE £150.00 per unit

FROM

831

£

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Platform Scales ✓Ideal for industrial weighing applications such as goods receiving, warehouse and despatch

DRIVE-ON RAMPS AVAILABLE

Scales CAPACITY 1500kg x 0.5g 3000kg x 1.0g

PLATFORM L x W x H (mm) 1250 x 1250 x 90 1500 x 1500 x 90

WEIGHT (kg) 111 153

ORDER REF

PRICE

R1250 R1500

£270.00 £315.00

ORDER REF

PRICE

6000BP/1500 6000BP/3000

£831.00 £851.00

DP90 Weigh Indicator

Ramps PLATFORM L x W x H (mm) 1000 x 1250 1000 x 1500

• Key functions gross, net weight, counting checkweighing, peak, totalising, print, zero, tare, units, on-off • Internal battery or mains operated • Stainless steel stand for desk, wall or pole mounting • 5 metre lead as standard

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Portable Beam Scales ✓Ideal whenever it is necessary to take the weighing equipment to the load • Mild steel beams 1200L x 100W x 60Hmm • Lightweight 15kg beams can withstand a 2.5 tonne load • Complete with ABS plastic enclosed weigh indicator • Capacity 0-2500kg x 0.5kg • 200% overload protection • Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator • RS232 output allows for connection to a PC, printer and other serial devices

DP90-1200

586

£

REF DP90-1200 PRICE £586.00 (per set)

109 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC110

16/12/10

11:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

LOADING BAY DOCK BOARD WITH ADJUSTABLE SPANLOCK OPTION Other sizes can be provided to meet your requirements, call us for more information

Side curbs and castors

Standard lifting handle

Good option for easy movement!

Dock Plates

Dock Boards

• Safe vehicle access from a loading dock • High tensile aluminium • Anti-slip tread surfaces • Loop-type lifting handle • Lighter plates, suitable for manual positioning • Optional side curbs and castors for easy movement

• Optional adjustable spanlocks allow safe operation where it is necessary for vehicle to stand away from loading dock • Optional fork lift handles for easy movement • Chain fitting sets prevent movement of board in ground level container loading

DIMENSIONS MAX HEIGHT CAPACITY W x L (mm) DIFFERENCE (mm) (kg) 915 x 1220 178 770 915 x 1220 178 1360 1220 x 610 76 2040 1220 x 915 127 1360 1220 x 915 127 2450 1220 x 1220 178 1020 1220 x 1220 178 1810 1220 x 1525 228 810 1220 x 1525 228 1450 1525 x 915 127 1700 1525 x 915 127 3040 1525 x 1220 178 1270 1525 x 1220 178 2270 1525 x 1525 228 1020 OPTIONAL FORK TRUCK LIFTING HANDLES (PAIR) OPTIONAL SIDE CURBS WITH CASTORS OPTIONAL FIXED SPAN LOCKING LEGS

WEIGHT (kg) 32 44 22 32 43 42 56 52 70 39 52 51 69 64

ORDER REF 3648 H3648 4824 4836 H4836 4848 H4848 4860 H4860 6036 H6036 6048 H6048 6060 FTH-1 SCC-2 FSL-1

PRICE £466 £554 £368 £465 £554 £563 £676 £660 £801 £539 £645 £660 £800 £783 £104 £156 £42

DIMENSIONS USABLE MAX HEIGHT MAX LOAD WEIGHT W x L (mm) WIDTH (mm) DIFF (mm) (kg) (kg) 1520 x 910 1450 130 3640 52 1520 x 1220 1420 180 3640 73 1520 x 1520 1420 230 3640 90 1520 x 1830 1420 280 3640 115 1520 x 910 1450 130 5450 62 1520 x 1220 1420 180 5450 86 1520 x 1520 1420 230 5450 115 1520 x 1830 1420 280 5450 135 1830 x 910 1750 130 5450 72 1830 x 1220 1730 180 5450 100 1830 x 1520 1730 230 5450 130 1830 x 1830 1730 280 5450 155 1520 x 1520 1390 230 6360 115 1830 x 1830 1680 280 6360 160 OPTIONAL ADJUSTABLE SPANLOCKS (PAIR) OPTIONAL FORK TRUCK LIFTING HANDLES (PAIR) OPTIONAL GROUND LEVEL LOADING FITTINGS (SET)

ORDER REF 8-6036 8-6048 8-6060 8-6072 12-6036 12-6048 12-6060 12-6072 12-7236 12-7248 12-7260 12-7272 14-6060 14-7272 ASL/1 FTH1 GLF1

PRICE £738 £873 £1027 £1197 £836 £1002 £1198 £1390 £927 £1123 £1351 £1580 £1200 £1592 £308 £104 £144

Standard Dock Light • 100W tungsten halogen lamp in pivoting steel housing • Hinged steel bracket allows pivoting and 1m extension • Handle incorporated for safe and easy adjustment

Hinged Bridge Plates • A hinge rail will accommodate one or more bridge plates, which can be slid sideways into position as required • Locate into a hinge rail fixed to the loading dock • 75mm wide guidelines are painted along sides of plate • Plates can be stored either lowered against dock face, or vertically (locking clamp is provided)

110

DIMENSIONS SPAN MAX HEIGHT MAX LOAD WEIGHT W x L (mm) (mm) DIFF (mm) (kg) (kg) 1524 x 510 550 62 4000 32 1524 x 460 500 53 3250 22 1524 x 510 550 62 3000 26 1524 x 980 1020 145 2500 55 1220 x 980 1020 145 2250 44 1220 x 1280 1320 194 1000 48 1220 x 980 1020 145 1000 36 915 x 1420 1460 220 1000 50 1220 x 1280 1320 194 500 46 1220 x 1110 1150 164 500 30 HINGE RAIL WITH CLIPS & FIXINGS (in multiples of 2.5m lengths)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF BH6020 B-6018 B-6020 BH6038 BH4838 BX4850 B-4838 BH3656 B-4850 BL4843 HRCF-1

TEL: 01446 772614

Folds back for easy storage

Standard Plus Dock Light

PRICE £453 £400 £403 £684 £574 £624 £492 £632 £594 £434 £186

• Easily positioned to illuminate the inside area of a vehicle • 80W halogen bulb • Standard 1060mm arm offers full three dimensional movement

DESCRIPTION STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD PLUS STANDARD PLUS

SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V) 110 240 110 240

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 6.5 6.5 7.0 7.0

ORDER REF TWDL-1-240 TWDL-1-110 TWDL-3-240 TWDL-3-110

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £208.00 £208.00 £195.00 £195.00

2011


TC111

16/12/10

11:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOADING BAYS

Dock Bumpers ✓Reduce damage to loading docks, equipment and buildings caused by vehicle impact WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

FROM

FROM

£85

£10 TWB-E-100

£60

PER METRE

Nylon Dock Bumpers DIMENSIONS W x L x D (mm) 254 x 457 x 50 254 x 457 x 100 254 x 762 x 50 254 x 762 x 100 203 x 457 x 100

NO. HOLES 2 2 3 3 3

ORDER REF TWB-1018-2-N11Y TWB-1018-4-N11Y TWB-1030-2-N11Y TWB-1030-4-N11Y TWB-L-N11Y

Rubber Dock Bumpers PRICE £85.00 £128.00 £155.00 £172.00 £237.00

Rubber Packer extra absorption for bumpers TWB-1018-2-N11Y & TWB-1018-4-N11Y REF TWB-1018-2 PRICE £29.00 TWB-1030-4-N11Y & TWB-1030-2-N11Y REF TWB-1030-2 PRICE £37.00

DIMENSIONS W x L x D (mm) 120 x 127 x 76 120 x 254 x 76 120 x 381 x 76 120 x 508 x 76 120 x 762 x 76 254 x 335 x 101 254 x 457 x 101 254 x 762 x 101 254 x 457 x 150

NO. HOLES 1 2 3 4 6 2 2 3 2

ORDER REF TWB-5-HF TWB-10-HF TWB-15-HF TWB-20-HF TWB-30-HF TWB-1013-4 TWB-1018-4 TWB-1030-4 TWB-1018-6

D-Section Dock Bumper • Supplied to length required, up to 3 metres • Assemble end to end for longer runs

PRICE £10.00 £19.00 £26.00 £36.00 £55.00 £43.00 £55.00 £70.00 £66.00

DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 100 x 100 150 x 150 200 x 200

ORDER REF TWB-E-100 TWB-E-150 TWB-E-200

PRICE PER METRE £60.00 £107.00 £190.00

Fixing holes 14mm to suit 12mm fixings REF TWB-EH PRICE £3.00 per hole Optional fixing strip (to pass through centre) REF TWB-EST PRICE £12.00 per metre

Bumper Fixings TWB-F1 (M12 fixings for concrete) to suit TWB-5, 10, 15, 20 & 30 PRICE £2.50 TWB-F4 (M16 fixings for concrete) to suit TWB-1013-4, 1018-4, 1030-4, 1018-4 and all Nylon and Sliding Nylon Dock Bumpers PRICE £4.00 TWB-W (M16 zinc washer) to suit TWB-1013-4, 1018-4, 1030-4, 1018-6 PRICE £1.80 FROM

£24

TWC-4 + chain

Designed to allow four different orientations, and hence four times the lifespan of a ‘traditional’ fixed nylon bumper TWC-3 + chain

TWC-1 + chain

Sliding Nylon Bumpers

Wheel Chocks

✓Four times the lifespan of traditional nylon fixed bumpers

✓Prevent unexpected vehicle movement

• Housing allows bumper to move with the vehicle during un/loading operations, reducing wear on the bumpers front face • Bumper can be repositioned • Smooth face prevents snag • Thick rubber packer provides impact absorption to further protect the bumper, building and vehicle • Fixings will match most other dock bumpers and can be used in most situations

• Suit all vehicles up to heavy commercials • Moulded nitrile rubber or cast aluminium • Safety grip face for maximum adhesion between tyre and chock • Built-in lifting handles • Optional anti-theft chain

DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND BUMPER RIGHT HAND BUMPER

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 780 x 340 x 100 780 x 340 x 100

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WEIGHT (kg) 40 40

ORDER REF TWB1030-4N13YLH TWB1030-4N13YRH

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £297.00 £297.00

DESCRIPTION ECONOMY RUBBER CHOCK STANDARD RUBBER CHOCK CAST ALUMINIUM CHOCK ANTI-THEFT CHAIN

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 200 x 160 x 240 190 x 190 x 270 180 x 180 x 400 5M LONG

WEIGHT (kg) 4.5 6.0 3.3 1.0

ORDER REF TWC-4 TWC-1 TWC-3 TWC-2

PRICE £24.00 £29.00 £85.00 £22.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

111 2011


TC112

16/12/10

11:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BARRIERS / SAFETY BARRIERS

Steel Barrier Systems

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

✓Designed to suit all applications and can be tailor made to your specification

• Standard lengths available on short lead time • Orange RAL2011 as standard, alternative colours and finishes available at extra cost • Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included

BARRIERS FROM

137

£

PRICE PER BARRIER Length up to 1250mm 1251 - 2500mm long ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE W100/1250 £176.00 W100/2500 £223.00 W101/1250 £192.00 W101/2500 £255.00 W102/1250 £164.00 W102/2500 £206.00 W103/1250 £137.00 W103/2500 £163.00 W104/1250 £143.00 W104/2500 £172.00

BARRIER SYSTEM TWIN CHANNEL HEAVY DUTY RAIL FOLDED RAIL LOW LEVEL TUBULAR LOW LEVEL CHANNEL

W100

Please call us with your requirements

W101

W102

W103

W104

Twin Channel

Heavy Duty Rail

Folded Rail

Low Level Tubular

Low Level Channel

750mm high Posts 100W x 100Dmm Channel rails 100 x 50mm

750mm high Posts 100W x 100Dmm Rail 310mm high

750mm high Posts 100W x 50Dmm Rail 200 x 8mm flat

Heavy duty 500mm high Posts and rail 89mm dia.

Medium duty 450mm high Posts 80W x 80Dmm Rail 76 x 38mm channel

FROM

86

Protection Posts

£

£ Quantity discount

✓3 variations to suit light to heavy duty applications • Alternative heights are available • Orange RAL2011 as standard, alternative colours and finishes available at extra cost • Standard items available on short lead time • Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included POST DIMENSIONS HEIGHT x DIA (mm) 760 x 89 915 x 114 1100 x 168

PER POST ORDER REF PRICE PP10 £102.00 PP20 £114.00 PP30 £179.00

PER QUANTITY 5 ORDER REF PRICE EACH PP10/5 £86.00 PP20/5 £97.00 PP30/5 £150.00

112 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC113

16/12/10

11:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BARRIERS / SAFETY BARRIERS WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Spring Steel Warehouse Barriers

✓Designed specifically to protect from fork truck impact • Low, high or dual rail barriers • 610H buffer posts adopt both single and double height rails • Optional high visibility plastic end caps protect pedestrians • Fully galvanised components • Rail 160H x 40D x 3mm thick, supplied in 4m lengths • Buffer 10mm thick spring steel 610H or 235H on 200x150 baseplate • Post centres 1500mm single height, 1200mm double height • Load absorbing buffer saves on replacement costs A

DRAWING LETTER A B C D E

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION STANDARD DUTY BARRIER RAIL, 4m LENGTH QUARTER BEND TERMINAL 90º BEND BUFFER UPRIGHT* LOW LEVEL BUFFER UPRIGHT*

ORDER REF SDR4 SDQB SDBN SDB6BPB SDB2BPB

PRICE £63.00 £76.00 £103.00 £51.00 £44.00

* uprights are now supplied with baseplate and mounting bolt Joint Piece REF

B

SDJP PRICE £7.50 End Cap REF SDEC PRICE £3.10

C

D

E

Column Protection Units • Two designs suit all applications • Spring steel buffer supports and absorbs impact • Fully galvanised components Monostrut Rail A lighter weight system, ideal for minimal impact Warehouse Rail Suitable for protecting against fork truck and other vehicle impacts RAIL TYPE

FROM £

337

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

MONOSTRUT WAREHOUSE WAREHOUSE WAREHOUSE

TEL: 01446 772614

INTERNAL DIA (mm) 400 500 750 1000

ORDER REF MON400 WCP500 WCP750 WCP1000

PRICE £337.00 £653.00 £700.00 £746.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

113 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC114

16/12/10

11:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PVC STRIP CURTAINS WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Energy Saving PVC Strip Curtains • Walk through / drive through curtains, for outside doors or internal barriers • Gives protection against wind and rain • Helps maintain temperature within building • Helps reduce noise between work areas • Restricts entry to birds and insect pests • Easy to install • Low maintenance • Special versions for coldrooms and freezers

EXTERNAL

FROM

50.40

£

PER SQ M

HOW TO ORDER • Select your door according to application and type of traffic • Measure the door aperture in metres, and calculate an all-inclusive price per square metre (1 metre minimum width) • Specify code, aperture width & height, and whether face or underside fixing

Please call us if you need

✓Sliding door tracks ✓On-site assistance ✓Installation service or have an unusual application

External Exposure Doorways USAGE PEDESTRIAN VEHICLE VEHICLE

MAX HEIGHT (m) 2.5 4.5 7.5

PVC STRIP (mm) 200 x 4 300 x 3 400 x 4

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

100% 100% 100%

200/4/100CL 300/3/100CL 400/4/100CL

PRICE* SQ METRE £55.00 £50.40 £52.50

Freezer Doorway Barriers USAGE PEDESTRIAN VEHICLE VEHICLE

MAX HEIGHT (m) 2.75 3.5 5.5

PVC STRIP (mm) 200 x 2 300 x 3 300 x 3

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

50% 50% 100%

200/2/50LT 300/3/50LT 300/3/100LT

PRICE* SQ METRE £40.30 £45.80 £58.00

Internal Doorways USAGE PEDESTRIAN VEHICLE VEHICLE

FREEZER

MAX HEIGHT (m) 2.75 5.5 7.6

PVC STRIP (mm) 200 x 2 300 x 3 400 x 4

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

50% 50% 50%

200/2/50CL 300/3/50CL 400/4/50CL

PRICE* SQ METRE £35.00 £39.80 £43.70

Internal Screens & Partitions USAGE PARTITION THERMAL NOISE

FROM

40.30

£

MAX HEIGHT (m) 3 10 10

PVC STRIP (mm) 300 x 2 400 x 2.5 400 x 4

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

50% 50% 100%

300/2/50CL 400/2.5/50CL 400/4/100-CL

PRICE* SQ METRE £34.60 £37.50 £52.50

PER SQ M

114 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

*Remember this is a complete price, including all fixtures and fittings TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC115

16/12/10

11:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PVC STRIP CURTAINS HOW ARE CURTAINS SUPPLIED?

• Red marker strips are provided at each end, to act as guides for traffic • Track is complete with necessary fixings, ready for face or under lintel fixing. • Hook-on track is supplied for curtains up to 3.5m high • Heavy duty aluminium track, suitable for fork trucks, is supplied for curtains over 3.5m high. • The above track types may be specified on any size door without affecting the price - please state on order.

Medium duty hook-on track (overlap is slightly reduced with this track)

Heavy duty aluminium track

• Stainless steel track is supplied with low temperature curtains for freezer / food environments

WHY DIFFERENT OVERLAPS?

50% OVERLAP

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

• PVC strips are supplied cut to length, with hangers pre-assembled.

• Allows easier passage for pedestrians • Provides a moderate thermal barrier • Is an excellent internal divider and is a lower cost option

100% OVERLAP • Suits exposed external doorways • Provides an excellent thermal barrier • Withstands heavy traffic use

WHERE CAN THE DOOR HANG?

Replacement PVC Strips • For repairs to existing doors • For making your own screens

FACE FIXING (add FF to order code)

UNDER LINTEL FIXING (add ULF to order code)

PVC SIZE & GRADE

ROLL LENGTH

ORDER REF

PRICE PER ROLL

200 x 2mm CLEAR 300 x 3mm CLEAR 400 x 4mm CLEAR 1000 x 2mm CLEAR 1200 x 2mm CLEAR

50 metres 50 metres 50 metres 20 metres 20 metres

R200/2/CL R300/3/CL R400/4/CL R1000/2/CL R1200/2/CL

£100.00 £222.00 £407.00 £348.00 £404.00

Mobile Welding Screens

INTERNAL

• Galvanised steel frame • Four castors for mobility • Self-extinguishing PVC • Green or bronze strips • Filters 99% of UV light • 1900H x 2000Wmm • Supplied in easy assembly KD form

FROM

34.60

£

PER SQ M

WELDING

MWSB

241

£

Opaque Green Welding Screen For routine manufacturing REF MWSG PRICE £241.00 Translucent Bronze Welding Screen Gives adequate visibility for supervision and safety REF MWSB PRICE £241.00 115 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC116

14/12/10

13:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

ACCESS STEPS

The Wave® Work Assist Vehicle

✓There’s no safer, faster or more cost effective way to help your workers

transport, lift or move products, equipment or supplies than with the Wave®

• Numerous safety features built in as standard • As used by many leading high street stores worldwide • Increased productivity through speed & safety of picking • Ideal for high level maintenance and cleaning • Can your facility really operate without Wave®?

WAV50-84

WAV50-118

4.0m Picking Height

5.0m Picking Height

*RENT FROM

*RENT FROM

£54.99

£59.99

PER WEEK

PER WEEK

*Rental is based on a 5 year contract. MODEL FEATURES

WAV50-84

WAV50-118

OVERALL WIDTH OVERALL LENGTH LOAD DECK CAPACITY LOAD TRAY CAPACITY OPERATOR COMPARTMENT CAPACITY OPERATOR PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX LOAD TRAY HEIGHT PICKING HEIGHT WEIGHT (with batteries) MAX SPEED TURNING RADIUS APPLICATIONS

750mm 750mm 1525mm 1525mm 115kg 115kg 90kg 90kg 135kg 135kg 2135mm 2995mm 1145mm 1325mm 4000mm 5000mm 512kg 590kg 6.0km/h 6.0km/h Within Footprint Endless

On site demonstrations can be arranged for the Wave®. Contact us to make an appointment

116 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC117

16/12/10

11:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY STEPS

✓Tubular steel trolleys with integral

BC51/S

432

£

spring loaded steps

✓The perfect answer for manual order picking

• Ideal for warehouses, stores and libraries • Steps act as a firm brake when stood upon • 760 x 460mm surfaces in choice of materials: White powder coated steel trays 40mm deep or ply decks with 15mm retaining lip • Non-slip safety treads • 125mm rubber castors • Height of top step 750mm • Overall dimensions 1520H x 480W x 1350Lmm

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Order Picking Trolleys

2-Shelf Model DESCRIPTION

TRAY HEIGHTS ORDER PRICE (mm) REF PLYWOOD DECKS 310, 970 BC51 £362.00 STEEL TRAYS 310, 970 BC51/S £432.00

PLYWOOD DECKS

BC52

387

£

BC53/S

534

£

3-Shelf Low Model DESCRIPTION

TRAY HEIGHTS ORDER PRICE (mm) REF PLYWOOD DECKS 310, 640, 970 BC52 £387.00 STEEL TRAYS 310, 640, 970 BC52/S £528.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

POWDER COATED STEEL SHELVES

3-Shelf High Model DESCRIPTION

TRAY HEIGHTS ORDER PRICE (mm) REF PLYWOOD DECKS 310, 860, 1420 BC53 £392.00 STEEL TRAYS 310, 860, 1420 BC53/S £534.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

117 2011


TC118

17/12/10

11:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY STEPS WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Easy Action Safety Steps

✓Best selling industrial steps ✓Step on to immobilise, step off to mobilise

BC5961

383

£

Narrow Aisle Easy Action Steps

✓Compact steps for tight locations

BC5941

£310

Feet grip firmly to the ground when in use

BC5921

• All steel construction • Rubber covered non-slip treads • Single handrail on 2 step model • Double handrails on 3-6 step models • All swivel rubber tyred castors

£235

Colour Options Red

Blue

Orange

Green

381mm Wide

559mm Wide

118

TREADS inc PLATFORM 5 6

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1140 1370

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1950 x 685 x 1050 2180 x 685 x 1200

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC5951 BC5961

£349.00 £383.00

TEL: 01446 772614

TREADS inc PLATFORM 2 3 4

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 460 680 915

info@storage-design.co.uk

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1370 x 520 x 800 1600 x 520 x 890 1825 x 520 x 920

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC5921 BC5931 BC5941

£235.00 £265.00 £310.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC119

14/12/10

13:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY STEPS WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Lever Brake Safety Steps

✓Popular design to industrial standards ✓Wide range of sizes • All-welded steel construction • Rubber covered or non-slip punched metal treads • Kick plate on three sides of platform • Rubber covered feet • Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Hand lever locking bar to mobilise unit • Rubber tyred wheels, nylon castors • 559mm wide steps, 229mm rise • Platform dimensions 559W x 610Dmm Optional safety gates (factory fitted) are shown on page 120

BC5831/R

632

£

Hand lever locking bar raises front castors for stable floor contact when in use and lowers them for easy movement between positions

COLOUR OPTIONS Red

Punched metal treads give optimum grip, even with smooth-soled shoes

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

Blue

Orange

Green

Rubber Treads

559mm Wide Punched Metal Treads No OF TREADS (INC PLATFORM) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1143 1372 1600 1829 2058 2286 2515 2743 2972 3200 3429

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2057 x 787 x 1360 2286 x 813 x 1510 2514 x 864 x 1660 2743 x 889 x 1810 2972 x 914 x 1960 3200 x 991 x 2110 3429 x 1067 x 2260 3657 x 1143 x 2410 3886 x 1219 x 2560 4114 x 1245 x 2710 4343 x 1270 x 2860

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC5801 BC5811 BC5821 BC5831 BC5841 BC5851 BC5861 BC5871 BC5881 BC5891 BC5899

£402.00 £430.00 £497.00 £574.00 £647.00 £714.00 £726.00 £782.00 £860.00 £939.00 £1085.00

BC5801/R BC5811/R BC5821/R BC5831/R BC5841/R BC5851/R BC5861/R BC5871/R BC5881/R BC5891/R BC5899/R

£425.00 £465.00 £565.00 £632.00 £702.00 £764.00 £850.00 £951.00 £1082.00 £1235.00 £1313.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

119 2011


TC120

16/12/10

11:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

SAFETY STEPS

Lever Brake Safety Steps

✓Platform heights to more than 4m ✓Extra wide option ✓Extra deep platform option

• All welded steel construction • Non-slip punched metal treads • Hand rails either side of steps to 914mm over platform • Kick plate as standard on all models with 7 treads and over • Tread widths 559mm or 762mm • Step rise 250mm • 381mm deep platform as standard, 610mm deep at extra cost • Rubber tyred wheels and nylon castors • Rubber covered feet • Hand lever locking bar to mobilise unit

BC35110

870

£

11 - TREAD SAFETY STEP 559mm WIDE

NON SLIP TREADS Punched steel gives optimum grip, even with smooth-soled shoes! The holes allow water and dirt to pass through to the floor.

SAFETY GATES Available for all models - see below.

Safety Step Options, factory fitted OPTIONAL FEATURES 610mm DEEP PLATFORM SAFETY GATE LIFT & LOCK RAIL CHAIN

ORDER REF XDP559 SG559 LLR C/H

W559mm PRICE £35.00 £78.00 £29.00 £30.00

ORDER REF XDP762 SG762 LLR C/H

W762mm PRICE £35.00 £82.00 £29.00 £30.00

559mm Wide Punched Metal Treads

120

TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 762 1016 1270 1524 1778 2032 2286 2540 2794 3048 3302 3556 3810 4064

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 762 x 850 1930 x 762 x 1000 2184 x 787 x 1180 2438 x 813 x 1300 2692 x 864 x 1500 2946 x 889 x 1650 3200 x 914 x 1850 3454 x 991 x 2050 3708 x 1067 x 2150 3962 x 1143 x 2350 4216 x 1219 x 2500 4470 x 1245 x 2650 4724 x 1270 x 2800 4978 x 1295 x 3000

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Extra Wide 762mm Treads

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC3530 BC3540 BC3550 BC3560 BC3570 BC3580 BC3590 BC35100 BC35110 BC35120 BC35130 BC35140 BC35150 BC35160

£328.00 £353.00 £409.00 £502.00 £544.00 £624.00 £700.00 £756.00 £870.00 £929.00 £1033.00 £1203.00 £1376.00 £1472.00

TEL: 01446 772614

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 965 x 850 1930 x 965 x 1000 2184 x 965 x 1180 2438 x 965 x 1300 2692 x 965 x 1500 2946 x 965 x 1650 3200 x 1016 x 1850 3454 x 1092 x 2050 3708 x 1118 x 2150 3962 x 1168 x 2350 4216 x 1270 x 2500 4470 x 1295 x 2650 4724 x 1321 x 2800 4978 x 1346 x 3000

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC3530/30 BC3540/40 BC3550/50 BC3560/60 BC3570/70 BC3580/80 BC3590/90 BC35100/100 BC35110/110 BC35120/120 BC35130/130 BC35140/140 BC35150/150 BC35160/160

£356.00 £389.00 £433.00 £525.00 £584.00 £646.00 £731.00 £795.00 £909.00 £954.00 £1091.00 £1241.00 £1421.00 £1527.00

Colour Options STANDARD Red Blue Orange Green

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC121

16/12/10

11:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY STEPS

Foot Lock Safety Steps

✓Hands-free lock and unlock ✓Easy to move, easy to mount

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

8-Tread Safety Step 559mm Wide

REF BC44A8 PRICE £550.00

• All welded steel construction • Non-slip punched metal treads and platform • Simple to operate foot lock immobilises and mobilises the steps • Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Kick plate as standard on all models with 7 treads and over • Rubber tyred wheels, nylon castor, rubber covered metal feet • 559mm wide steps, 250mm rise • 381mm platform depth, extra deep platform available at extra cost

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

610mm Deep Platform REF XDP/559 PRICE £35.00 extra TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 762 1016 1270 1524 1778 2032

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 762 x 850 1930 x 762 x 1000 2184 x 787 x 1180 2438 x 813 x 1300 2692 x 864 x 1500 2946 x 889 x 1650

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC44A3 BC44A4 BC44A5 BC44A6 BC44A7 BC44A8

£279.00 £301.00 £349.00 £444.00 £503.00 £550.00

Optional Safety Gate (factory fitted) see below

FROM

279

£

Colour Options Red

Blue

Orange

Green

FROM

413

£

Centrally placed foot lock is easy to use

Easy Slope Safety Steps

✓Gentle 45 slope is easy to use o

✓559mm or extra wide 1000mm steps

Safety Gates Lifts & folds flat to the side of the steps. Factory fitted REF SG/559 PRICE £78.00 REF SG1000 PRICE £96.00

Extra Wide 1000mm Treads

559mm Wide Punched Metal Treads TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 648 864 1080 1295 1511 1727 1943 2159 2375 2591

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1562 x 762 x 1050 1778 x 762 x 1250 1994 x 787 x 1450 2209 x 813 x 1650 2425 x 864 x 1850 2641 x 889 x 2050 2857 x 914 x 2250 3073 x 991 x 2450 3289 x 1067 x 2650 3505 x 1143 x 2850

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC4530/559 BC4540/559 BC4550/559 BC4560/559 BC4570/559 BC4580/559 BC4590/559 BC45100/559 BC45110/559 BC45120/559

£413.00 £454.00 £518.00 £569.00 £642.00 £758.00 £832.00 £934.00 £1026.00 £1111.00

TEL: 01446 772614

• All welded steel construction • Fitted hand lever locking bar to mobilise and immobilise unit • Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Platform area 559W or 1000W x 500Dmm • Punched metal treads 250mm deep • Step overlap 30mm, 216mm rise • Rubber tyred wheels, nylon swivel castors, rubber covered feet

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1562 x 1200 x 1050 1778 x 1200 x 1250 1994 x 1200 x 1450 2209 x 1200 x 1650 2425 x 1200 x 1850 2641 x 1200 x 2050 2857 x 1250 x 2250 3073 x 1300 x 2450 3289 x 1350 x 2650 3505 x 1400 x 2850

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC4530 BC4540 BC4550 BC4560 BC4570 BC4580 BC4590 BC45100 BC45110 BC45120

£552.00 £632.00 £712.00 £785.00 £882.00 £1023.00 £1130.00 £1278.00 £1378.00 £1508.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

121 2011


TC122

16/12/10

11:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

ACCESS STEPS / PLATFORMS

Single Ended Access Platforms

✓Ideal for warehouse access or maintenance work ✓Design variations to individual requirements

BC2133/30/5

698

£

• Mounted on two fixed wheels and two swivel castors • Simple operation - hand lever immobilises and mobilises steps • Handrails on both sides of steps • Handrail at end and on one side of platform - please specify left (as shown) or right side opening Colour Options Red

Blue

Orange

Green

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

BC3333/30/6

938

£

Double Ended Access Platforms

✓For safe and secure high level maintenance ✓Generous platforms for efficient working • Steps at both ends of platform with punched metal treads • Handrails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Models up to 6 treads have hand lever to lock/unlock all four castors • Models with 7-10 treads have adjustable screw jacks for stability Colour Options Red

Blue

Orange

Green

We can manufacture to customer specification - please enquire!

Single Ended Access Platforms

122

TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PLATFORM DIMS H x W x D (mm) 762 x 762 x 1524 1016 x 762 x 1524 1270 x 762 x 1524 1524 x 762 x 1524 1778 x 762 x 1524 2032 x 762 x 1524 2286 x 762 x 1524 2540 x 762 x 1524

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 965 x 1981 1930 x 965 x 2134 2184 x 965 x 2286 2438 x 965 x 2438 2692 x 965 x 2591 2946 x 991 x 2743 3200 x 1016 x 2896 3454 x 1092 x 3048

Double Ended Access Platforms

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC2133/30/3 BC2133/30/4 BC2133/30/5 BC2133/30/6 BC2133/30/7 BC2133/30/8 BC2133/30/9 BC2133/30/10

£636.00 £665.00 £698.00 £783.00 £829.00 £920.00 £1053.00 £1117.00

TEL: 01446 772614

TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PLATFORM DIMS H x W x D (mm) 762 x 762 x 1524 1016 x 762 x 1524 1270 x 762 x 1524 1524 x 762 x 1524 1778 x 762 x 1524 2032 x 762 x 1524 2286 x 762 x 1524 2540 x 762 x 1524

info@storage-design.co.uk

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 813 x 2438 1930 x 813 x 2743 2184 x 813 x 3048 2438 x 813 x 3352 2692 x 1016 x 3658 2946 x 1016 x 3962 3200 x 1016 x 4267 3454 x 1016 x 4572

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC3333/30/3 BC3333/30/4 BC3333/30/5 BC3333/30/6 BC3333/30/7 BC3333/30/8 BC3333/30/9 BC3333/30/10

£766.00 £793.00 £899.00 £938.00 £1016.00 £1117.00 £1209.00 £1254.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC123

16/12/10

13:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE SECURITY / SKIPS

Sheet Metal Dump Trucks

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

✓Suitable for pushing and for stacking ✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 for safety of platform trolleys • Constructed from 2mm thick steel sheet, with double folded top rim • Welded oil-tight • Chassis made of 3mm thick canted steel, with integrated stacker pockets • 2 braked castor wheels & 2 fixed wheels • Solid rubber tyres 200 x 50mm with roller bearings • Powder coated blue RAL 5007 • Kickplate and tilt lock • Tubular steel handle

4701

583

£

4703

738

£

dumping edge height

DRAINAGE TAP with filter to separate liquids from solids REF //A PRICE £32.00

Please note these models are manual tipping not self tipping

WHEEL LOCKS AS STANDARD

Sheet Metal Dump Trucks CAPACITY (LITRES) 250 450 600 800

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 800

BOX SIZE L x W x H (mm) 1202 x 655 x 390 1212 x 675 x 695 1320 x 800 x 715 1320 x 970 x 715

OUTER DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1332 x 713 x 766 1353 x 732 x 1065 1465 x 858 x 1088 1465 x 1108 x 1088

EDGE HEIGHT (mm) 766 721 828 828

WITH WHEELS ORDER REF 4701 4702 4703 4704

WITHOUT WHEELS EDGE HEIGHT (mm) ORDER REF 534 4711 490 4712 598 4713 598 4714

PRICE £583.00 £675.00 £738.00 £979.00

PRICE £523.00 £616.00 £679.00 £827.00

Self-Tilting Boxes

✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 ✓Self-tilting, fully-emptying boxes for tipping bulk goods - even extremely light goods automatically • Sturdy welded 3mm sheet steel design • Powder coated blue RAL5007 • Standard fitted forklift sleeves, anti-roll safety device and tilt lock • Link chain as anti-skidding and anti-tilting safety device • Optional set of polyamide 200 x 50mm wheels, 2 braked castors & 2 fixed fitted underneath the forklift sleeves (height +240mm)

6060/1567

1031

£ 6060TB

918

£

DRAINAGE TAP for separating liquids from solids REF 6006 PRICE £36.00

TRACTION CABLE to activate tilting mechanism operated from forklift truck driver’s seat REF 6008 PRICE £32.00 Self-Tilting Boxes

CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1500 2000 2500

CONTENTS (LITRES) 350 600 900 1200

WEIGHT (kg) 103 131 156 188

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OUTER DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1300 x 730 x 830 1300 x 1120 x 830 1300 x 1620 x 830 1758 x 1182 x 1125

EDGE HEIGHT (mm) 955 955 955 1250

TEL: 01446 772614

WITH WHEELS ORDER REF 6030/1567 6060/1567 6090/1568 6120/1568

PRICE £921.00 £1031.00 £1254.00 £1398.00

EDGE HEIGHT (mm) 720 720 720 1015

info@storage-design.co.uk

WITHOUT WHEELS ORDER REF 6030TB 6060TB 6090TB 6120TB

PRICE £807.00 £918.00 £1014.00 £1158.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

123 2011


TC124

16/12/10

13:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Modular Trolleys ✓Can be altered, interchanged and supplemented in many ways • Complies with Euronorm 1757-3 for enhanced operator safety • Capacity up to 500kg • Tubular and angle welded steel • Finish resists impact and scratches • Decked in beech veneered heavy duty particle board • 2 castor and 2 fixed wheels • Cushion rubber tyres • 5 year quality guarantee

Multivario accessories see page 126

FROM

210

£

MultiVario System A newly designed technology to make your transport trolley program not only more powerful, effective and attractive - but magic. There are no more bulging or protruding “corner pillars” and no more rough welding seams. Furthermore, the frame profile height has been increased to provide even more stability. This does not simply lead to a functional improvement but at the same time it virtually creates a perfectly shaped new look for the MultiVario transport trolleys. German Patent 39 17 279

Panelled End Trolleys

124

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 970 x 500 990 x 1120 x 600 990 x 1120 x 700 990 x 1320 x 800

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

TEL: 01446 772614

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 26 33 36 42

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 2510 2511 2512 2513

PRICE £210.00 £221.00 £224.00 £242.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC125

16/12/10

13:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

FROM

FROM

FROM

£158

£186

£313

Platform

One Open End

MATERIALS HANDLING

MultiVario System

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Box Cart

Overall length as table below -60mm Overall height as table below -720mm

Overall length as table below + 60mm Platform & Single End Trolleys

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 970 x 500 990 x 1120 x 600 990 x 1120 x 700 990 x 1320 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

PLATFORM REF PRICE 2590 £158.00 2591 £167.00 2592 £170.00 2593 £185.00

OPEN END REF PRICE 2500 £186.00 2501 £197.00 2502 £199.00 2503 £221.00

BOX CART REF PRICE 2560 £313.00 2561 £340.00 2562 £344.00 2563 £367.00

FROM

FROM

FROM

£263

£297

£330

Double End Trolley

3 Sided Trolley

Box Cart

Multi-Sided Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 1030 x 500 990 x 1180 x 600 990 x 1180 x 700 990 x 1380 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

DOUBLE END REF PRICE 2520 £263.00 2521 £274.00 2522 £279.00 2523 £300.00

3 SIDED REF 2530 2531 2532 2533

PRICE £297.00 £311.00 £316.00 £338.00

BOX CART REF PRICE 2550 £330.00 2551 £344.00 2552 £353.00 2553 £378.00

FROM

FROM

FROM

£190

£327

£308

Stanchioned Trolley

Panelled Bale Trolley

Tubular Bale Trolley

Overall length as table below + 160mm Special Purpose Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 910 x 500 1025 x 1060 x 600 1025 x 1060 x 700 1025 x 1260 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

TEL: 01446 772614

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

STANCHIONED REF PRICE 2580 £190.00 2581 £199.00 2582 £202.00 2583 £217.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

PANELLED BALE REF PRICE 2541 £327.00 2542 £329.00 2543 £352.00

TUBULAR BALE REF PRICE 2571 £308.00 2572 £310.00 2573 £338.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

125 2011


TC126

16/12/10

13:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS Side Frame Trolley

MATERIALS HANDLING

One Mesh End MultiVario System

1582SF

1512

£262

£217

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Platform Trolleys with One Mesh End OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 970 x 500 990 x 1120 x 600 990 x 1120 x 700 990 x 1320 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 985 x 910 x 500 1025 x 1060 x 600 1025 x 1060 x 700 1025 x 1260 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 26 34 37 43

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

ORDER REF 1510 1511 1512 1513

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

ORDER REF 1580SF 1581SF 1582SF 1583SF

PRICE £202.00 £213.00 £217.00 £234.00

Side Frame Trolleys

Double End Mesh Trolley

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 29 35 40 44

3 Sided Mesh Trolley

PRICE £251.00 £260.00 £262.00 £278.00

Mesh Box Cart

1530

1550

£289

£329

1520

£246

Mesh Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 1030 x 500 990 x 1180 x 600 990 x 1180 x 700 990 x 1380 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

DOUBLE END MESH REF PRICE 1520 £246.00 1521 £258.00 1522 £265.00 1523 £283.00

SIDED MESH REF PRICE 1530 £289.00 1531 £304.00 1532 £307.00 1533 £332.00

MESH BOX CART REF PRICE 1550 £329.00 1551 £348.00 1552 £351.00 1553 £378.00

Accessories & Optional Fittings for Modular Trolleys

126

Blue/Grey Solid Trackless Tyres (set of 4) Factory fitted

Pneumatic Tyres 400kg max capacity Factory fitted

Steel Platform (zinc plated sheet over standard deck)

160mm diameter REF 2186 PRICE £29.00 extra/set

220mm diameter REF 1100 PRICE £126.00 extra/set

850x500 or 1000x600 (please specify size) REF 1280 PRICE £61.00

200mm diameter REF 2187 PRICE £41.00 extra/set

(not suitable for 160mm diameter wheels)

1000x700 or 1200x800 (please specify size) REF 1281 PRICE £73.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Wire Basket

Clipboard A4

For smaller items, powder coated aluminium finish. 600L x 140W x 200Hmm

Wood, with paper clamp and pencil holder.

REF 1291 PRICE £42.00*

REF 12.90 PRICE £32.00*

*Carriage is extra if items are sent separately from trolley

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC127

16/12/10

13:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

✓Tubular welded steel construction with anti-slip waterproof platform and ends

MultiVario System

• Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 • Powder coated finish RAL blue 5007 • 2 fixed & 2 swivel roller bearing wheels • High quality 200 x 50mm cushion rubber tyred wheels

12402 12512

MODEL DESCRIPTION

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1160 x 700 x 1000 1360 x 800 x 1000 1760 x 800 x 1000 2160 x 800 x 1000 1210 x 700 x 925 1410 x 800 x 925 1810 x 800 x 925 2210 x 800 x 925 1210 x 700 x 925 1410 x 800 x 925 1810 x 800 x 925 2210 x 800 x 925

PANEL END PLATFORM TROLLEYS

TWO SHELF TABLE TOP CARTS

THREE SHELF TABLE TOP CARTS

12422

£512

£387

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1600 x 800 2000 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1600 x 800 2000 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1600 x 800 2000 x 800

MATERIALS HANDLING

Heavy Duty 1200kg Modular Trolleys

£690

CAPACITY (kg) 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

WEIGHT (kg) 45 52 64 96 70 80 103 159 97 108 144 228

ORDER REF 12512 12513 12515 12516 12402 12403 12405 12406 12422 12423 12425 12426

PRICE £387.00 £427.00 £500.00 £628.00 £512.00 £595.00 £749.00 £978.00 £690.00 £829.00 £1043.00 £1386.00

ESD 500kg Trolleys

✓Electrostatic discharge construction for use in electronic and processing environments • Tubular steel and sectional welded steel • Conductive powder coating in dark grey • Screw and plug type construction • HPL composite shelves according to DIN 68765, light grey • 2 castors with wheel locks • 2 fixed wheels, solid rubber tyres 200 x 50mm, hubs with roller bearings

ON SELECTED ITEMS

9402

£587

9512

£415

MODEL DESCRIPTION MESH END PLATFORM CARTS TWO SHELF TROLLEY THREE SHELF TROLLEY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

9422

£819

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1120 x 700 x 990 1320 x 800 x 990 1190 x 700 x 905 1390 x 800 x 905 1190 x 700 x 905 1390 x 800 x 905

TEL: 01446 772614

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 37 43 52 61 70 82

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 9512 9513 9402 9403 9422 9423

PRICE £415.00 £468.00 £587.00 £682.00 £819.00 £951.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

127 2011


TC128

16/12/10

13:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

Series 100 Shelf Trolleys 24112522

• 150/200kg ergonomic maximum loads • 100kg top shelf capacity • Shiny zinc coated 22mm tubular framework • 12mm thick laminated or mesh grid shelves • Adjustable shelves and handles • Four 125 x 30mm swivel castors with grey rubber tyres • 10mm shelf lip on lateral edges • Lifetime warranty

£282

24119050

£210

150kg Shelf Trolleys (Solid Shelves) DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 900 x 460 x 890 1150 x 460 x 890

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 750 x 425 1000 x 425

ORDER REF

PRICE

24119030 24119050

£191.00 £210.00

24112532

£348

24112642

£464

24117532

£393

200kg Shelf trolleys DESCRIPTION SOLID SHELVES

GRID SHELVES

DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 800 x 460 930 x 460 1180 x 460 1380 x 460 930 x 460 1180 x 460 1380 x 460

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 620 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425 1200 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425 1200 x 425

TWO SHELVES (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24112222 £263.00 24112322 £267.00 24112522 £282.00 24112622 £295.00 24117322 £301.00 24117522 £312.00 24117622 £329.00

THREE SHELVES (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24112232 £320.00 24112332 £326.00 24112532 £348.00 24112632 £366.00 24117332 £377.00 24117532 £393.00 24117632 £417.00

FOUR SHELVES (1585Hmm) REF PRICE 24112242 £406.00 24112342 £413.00 24112542 £441.00 24112642 £464.00 24117342 £484.00 24117542 £500.00 24117642 £532.00

Series 300 Shelf Trolleys

25242643

£559

• 300kg maximum capacity, top shelves 100kg • Shiny zinc coated 22mm tubular framework • Shelves and handles height adjustable • 10mm shelf lip on lateral edges • 12mm thick laminated shelves • Lifetime warranty • Two swivel and two fixed castors, 160x40mm black rubber tyres

ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE ARE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

300kg Shelf Trolleys DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 990 x 650 x 1030/1690 1190 x 650 x 1030/1690 1390 x 650 x 1030/1690 1590 x 650 x 1030/1690 1790 x 650 x 1030/1690

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600

TWO SHELVES REF PRICE 25220623 £333.00 25221623 £355.00 25222623 £381.00 25224623 £414.00 25226623 £448.00

FOUR SHELVES REF PRICE 25240643 £482.00 25241643 £519.00 25242643 £559.00 25244643 £609.00 25246643 £658.00

128 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC129

14/12/10

13:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS

Series 100 Platform Trolleys

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 670 x 465 x 960 800 x 465 x 960 1050 x 465 x 960

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 530 x 465 660 x 465 910 x 465

ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE ARE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

MATERIALS HANDLING

• 200kg ergonomic maximum load • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Four swivel castors 125 x 32mm, grey rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated bases • Supplied unassembled • Lifetime warranty

FROM

£199

ORDER REF

PRICE

24112212 24112312 24112512

£199.00 £205.00 £211.00

FROM

Series 200 Platform Trolleys

£312

✓Centrally mounted wheels allow turning within trolley radius even under heavy loads

• 300kg ergonomic maximum load • Lifetime warranty • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • 2 centre mounted 200 x 50mm wheels, 125 x 32mm swivel castors • 12mm thick laminated bases • Supplied unassembled DESCRIPTION HORIZONTAL HANDLE FROM

£281

VERTICAL HANDLE

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 960 x 520 x 950 960 x 620 x 950 1350 x 620 x 950 1130 x 460 x 1110 1130 x 460 x 1110 1530 x 460 x 1110

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 850 x 520 850 x 620 1250 x 620 850 x 520 850 x 620 1250 x 620

ORDER REF

PRICE

24125214 24125314 24125614 24121214 24121314 24121614

£281.00 £281.00 £365.00 £312.00 £312.00 £388.00

Series 300 Platform Trolleys • 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors for maximum stability over long distances • Wire grid on handle end, detachable tubular frame on front • 300kg ergonomic maximum load • Lifetime warranty • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Castors 160 x 40mm, black rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated bases • Supplied unassembled OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 990 x 650 x 1030 1190 x 650 x 1030 1390 x 650 x 1030 1590 x 650 x 1030 1790 x 650 x 1030

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600

ORDER REF

PRICE

25510613 25511613 25512613 25514613 25516613

£258.00 £274.00 £300.00 £321.00 £346.00

FROM

£258

Series 400 Platform Trolleys

✓Reinforced ends and platform for heavy loads FROM

£397 FROM

£331

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

• 500kg ergonomic maximum load • Supplied unassembled • Lifetime warranty • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • 200 x 50mm castors, black rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated bases DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1000 x 570 x 1180 1200 x 570 x 1180 1400 x 570 x 1180 1000 x 650 x 1180 1200 x 650 x 1180 1400 x 650 x 1180 1600 x 650 x 1180 1200 x 750 x 1180 1400 x 750 x 1180 1600 x 850 x 1180 1200 x 850 x 1180 1400 x 850 x 1180 1600 x 850 x 1180

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 520 1000 x 520 1200 x 520 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 700 1400 x 700 1000 x 800 1200 x 800 1400 x 800

info@storage-design.co.uk

SINGLE HANDLE REF PRICE 25540515 £331.00 25541515 £352.00 25542515 £372.00 25540615 £317.00 25541615 £340.00 25542615 £359.00 25544615 £380.00 25541715 £363.00 25542715 £386.00 25544715 £407.00 25541815 £369.00 25542815 £391.00 25544815 £486.00

DOUBLE HANDLE REF PRICE 25550515 £397.00 25551515 £419.00 25552515 £439.00 25550615 £399.00 25551615 £415.00 25552615 £435.00 25554615 £456.00 25551715 £443.00 25552715 £467.00 25554715 £491.00 25551815 £442.00 25552815 £465.00 25554815 £486.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

129 2011


TC130

16/12/10

13:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PARCEL & BOX CARTS

Series 100 Parcel Trolleys • 200kg ergonomic maximum load • Two detachable side grids for easier access • Handles in 22mm powder coated tube, height adjustable • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Four swivel castors 125 x 32mm, grey rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated base • Supplied unassembled • Lifetime warranty OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 800 x 460 x 1120 930 x 460 x 1120 1180 x 460 x 1120 1380 x 460 x 1120

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 620 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425 1200 x 425

FROM

398

£

ORDER REF

PRICE

24118212 24118312 24118512 24118612

£398.00 £392.00 £421.00 £438.00

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Series 300 Parcel Trolleys • 300kg ergonomic maximum load • Lifetime warranty • Detachable side grid, fitted with spring action fasteners • Handles in 22mm powder coated tube, height adjustable • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Two swivel and two fixed castors with roller bearing hubs, 160 x 40mm black rubber tyres • Single height model has low ends and two side grids, double height model has high ends and four side grids • 12mm thick laminated base • Supplied unassembled

FROM £

438

DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 990 x 650 x 1030/1690 1190 x 650 x 1030/1690 1380 x 650 x 1030/1690 1590 x 650 x 1030/1690 1790 x 650 x 1030/1690

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600

SINGLE HEIGHT REF PRICE 25820613 £438.00 25821613 £480.00 25822613 £497.00 25824613 £572.00 25826613 £608.00

DOUBLE HEIGHT REF PRICE 25840613 £630.00 25841613 £691.00 25842613 £708.00 25844613 £836.00 25846613 £883.00

FROM £

746

Series 400 Parcel Trolleys • 500kg ergonomic maximum load, reinforced ends • Side gates on both sides for easier access • Handles in 22mm powder coated tube, height adjustable • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Two swivel and two fixed castors with roller bearing hubs, 200 x 50mm black rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated base • Supplied ready assembled • Lifetime warranty

130

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1200 x 650 x 1180 1400 x 650 x 1180 1600 x 650 x 1180 1800 x 650 x 1180 1200 x 750 x 1180 1400 x 750 x 1180 1600 x 750 x 1180 1800 x 750 x 1180 1400 x 850 x 1180 1600 x 850 x 1180 1800 x 850 x 1180

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 700 1400 x 700 1600 x 700 1200 x 800 1400 x 800 1600 x 800

ORDER REF

PRICE

15861615 15862615 15864615 15866615 15861715 15862715 15864715 15866715 15862815 15864815 15866815

£746.00 £777.00 £810.00 £862.00 £772.00 £808.00 £842.00 £895.00 £817.00 £856.00 £910.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC131

16/12/10

13:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

Light Duty Step Trolleys MATERIALS HANDLING

• 200kg overall capacity, 100kg top shelf • Bright zinc coated tubular framework • 12mm thick laminated shelves • Light duty models have four 125 x 32mm swivel castors for maximum manoeuvrability • Height adjustable shelves • Top step height 600mm • Supplied in KD form for easy assembly • Lifetime warranty FROM • Clipboards included ALL ITEMS ON THIS £ PAGE ARE SUPPLIED

513

IN KD FORM

24113322 OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 890 x 460 1020 x 460 1270 x 460

24113532 SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 620 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425

24113342

TWO SHELF (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24113222 £513.00 24113322 £517.00 24113522 £532.00

THREE SHELF (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24113232 £568.00 24113332 £573.00 24113532 £594.00

FOUR SHELF (1585Hmm) REF PRICE 24113242 £639.00 24113342 £646.00 24113542 £673.00

Heavy Duty Step Trolleys • 300kg overall capacity, 150kg top shelf • Bright zinc coated tubular framework • 12mm thick laminated shelves • Two 125 x 32mm swivel castors and two 200 x 50mm wheels for extra support • Removable top shelf for movement of bulky goods • Top step height 600mm • Supplied in KD form for easy assembly • Lifetime warranty • Clipboards included

CLIPBOARDS ARE INCLUDED WITH STEP TROLLEYS

FROM

649

£

24123334

24123324 OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1130 x 540 x 1110 1130 x 620 x 1110 1530 x 620 x 1110

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 520 850 x 620 1250 x 620

TEL: 01446 772614

TWO SHELF TROLLEY REF PRICE 24123224 £649.00 24123324 £779.00 24123624 £773.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

THREE SHELF TROLLEY REF PRICE 24123234 £779.00 24123334 £775.00 24123634 £954.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

131 2011


TC132

16/12/10

13:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Ecoline Trolleys ✓200kg / 400kg capacity ✓Comply with EuroNorm 1757-3 UE AL TOP V

A

TOP V

• Tubular welded steel construction • Beech faced particle board decks • 2 fixed castor wheels, 2 swivel with brake • Cushion rubber tyres on roller bearing wheels • Powder coated finish RAL blue 5007

LUE

1602 1200

2100

£142

£173

£234

Table Top Cart Shelf heights 185 & 810mm

Storeroom Trolleys

Storeroom Trolleys CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 400 400

OUTER DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 900 x 1100 x 450 900 x 1250 x 600 945 x 1030 x 505 985 x 1180 x 705

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 450 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 700

WHEEL DIA (mm) 125 125 160 200

A4 Clipboard Wood, with paperclamp and pencil holder. REF 1290 PRICE £32.00

WEIGHT (kg) 15 20 21 29

ORDER REF

PRICE

1200 1202 2100 2102

£142.00 £166.00 £173.00 £189.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Table Top Carts

2610

£316

1800

£250

2600

£257

Shelf heights 185, 500 & 810mm

Shelf heights 225 & 720mm

Shelf heights 225, 473 & 720mm

Table Top Carts

132

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200 300 400 300 400

HANDLES 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OUTER DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 1010 x 1030 x 500 1010 x 1180 x 600 1010 x 1030 x 500 1010 x 1180 x 600 960 x 970 x 505 1000 x 1120 x 705 960 x 970 x 505 1000 x 1120 x 705

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700

TEL: 01446 772614

TOP SHELF LOAD (kg) 80 80 80 TOP & MIDDLE 80 TOP & MIDDLE 120 120 120 TOP & MIDDLE 120 TOP & MIDDLE

WHEEL DIA (mm) 125 125 125 125 160 200 160 200

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 25 28 34 40 29 41 36 51

ORDER REF

PRICE

1600 1602 1800 1802 2600 2602 2610 2612

£198.00 £234.00 £250.00 £291.00 £257.00 £282.00 £316.00 £345.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC133

16/12/10

13:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Heavy Duty Shelf & Tray Trolleys

✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 ✓500kg frame capacity ✓90kg max on each upper shelf • All steel welded construction • Powder coated RAL blue 5007 • Beech grain laminated surfaces • 2 fixed and 2 swivel / brake castor wheels

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

8301

£407

8101

8201

£333

£397

Shelf Trolleys DIMENSIONS* W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 600 x 1100 1000 x 700 x 1100 1200 x 800 x 1100 1000 x 600 x 1500 1000 x 700 x 1500 1200 x 800 x 1500 1000 x 600 x 1800 1000 x 700 x 1800 1200 x 800 x 1800 *WIDTH EXCLUDES HANDLE PROJECTION

SHELF LEVELS

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm)

WHEEL DIA (mm)

ORDER REF

PRICE

3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

8101 8102 8103 8201 8202 8203 8301 8302 8303

£333.00 £371.00 £429.00 £397.00 £428.00 £496.00 £407.00 £433.00 £499.00

8121

8221

8321

£510

£592

£595

Tray Trolleys DIMENSIONS* W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 600 x 1100 1000 x 700 x 1100 1200 x 800 x 1100 1000 x 600 x 1500 1000 x 700 x 1500 1200 x 800 x 1500 1000 x 600 x 1800 1000 x 700 x 1800 1200 x 800 x 1800 *WIDTH EXCLUDES HANDLE PROJECTION

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SHELF LEVELS

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm)

WHEEL DIA (mm)

ORDER REF

PRICE

3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

8121 8122 8123 8221 8222 8223 8321 8322 8323

£510.00 £529.00 £624.00 £592.00 £624.00 £729.00 £595.00 £626.00 £733.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

133 2011


TC134

16/12/10

13:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

Table Top Carts 250kg

✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 for enhanced operator safety ✓250kg capacity ✓80kg capacity on upper and middle shelves • Tubular steel construction • Quality powder coating • 12mm top lip • Shelves made from derived timber board, on angle steel frame • Angled or horizontal push bar • Two swivel, two fixed wheels • 125mm diameter solid rubber tyres

2942

£238

2752

2622

£304

£568

With steel drawers: 25kg load capacity

Table Top Carts TROLLEY TYPE

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600

TWO SHELVES TWO SHELVES THREE SHELVES THREE SHELVES TWO SHELVES + 2 DRAWERS TWO SHELVES TWO SHELVES THREE SHELVES THREE SHELVES TWO SHELVES + 2 DRAWERS

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 195 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 820

NUMBER & SIZE OF DRAWERS TWO: 105 x 415 x 490 TWO: 105 x 415 x 490

PUSHBAR TYPE HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED

ORDER REF 2940 2942 2950 2952 2922 2740 2742 2750 2752 2622

PRICE £214.00 £238.00 £279.00 £308.00 £571.00 £210.00 £234.00 £276.00 £304.00 £568.00

Table Top Carts - 250kg with Retention Rim

✓250kg capacity ✓80kg capacity on upper and middle shelves ✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 • Tubular steel construction • Quality powder coating • Shelves made from derived timber board, on angle steel frame • 50mm high load retention rims • Angled or horizontal push bar • Two swivel, two fixed wheels • 125mm diameter solid rubber tyres

3742

3622

3962

£271

£586

£301

With steel drawers: 25kg load capacity

Table Top Carts with Rim

134

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600

TEL: 01446 772614

50mm RETENTION RIM TOP SHELF TOP SHELF TOP & BOTTOM TOP & BOTTOM BOTTOM SHELF TOP SHELF TOP SHELF TOP & BOTTOM TOP & BOTTOM BOTTOM SHELF

NUMBER & SIZE OF DRAWERS TWO: 105 x 415 x 490 TWO: 105 x 415 x 490

info@storage-design.co.uk

PUSHBAR TYPE HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED

ORDER REF 3940 3942 3960 3962 3922 3740 3742 3760 3762 3622

PRICE £246.00 £275.00 £264.00 £301.00 £589.00 £242.00 £271.00 £264.00 £297.00 £586.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC135

16/12/10

13:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / STAINLESS STEEL

4880

4882

£237

MODEL LIGHT GREY / PALE GREY SILVER METALLIC / BEECH GRAIN

• Bolted tubular steel construction powder coated light grey RAL 7035 or silver metallic • Shelves made of derived timber board pale grey or beech grain • 4 castor wheels, 2 with wheel locks according to the European Standard EN 1757-3 (safety of platform trolleys) • Trackless pneumatic tyres 125 x 32mm • 50kg capacity per shelf

£280

OVERALL SIZE L x W x H (mm) 900 x 535 x 925 900 x 535 x 925 900 x 535 x 925 900 x 535 x 925

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 500 800 x 500 800 x 500 800 x 500

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 260, 530 260, 530, 800 260, 530 260, 530, 800

WEIGHT (kg) 19 24 19 24

ORDER REF 4880 4882 4980 4982

MATERIALS HANDLING

Office Trolleys

PRICE £237.00 £280.00 £251.00 £295.00

5038

£414

5001

£304 5036

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

£344

Modular Stainless Steel Trolleys 5005

£371 5009

£609

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 950 x 700 x 470 950 x 700 x 470 950 x 870 x 570 950 x 870 x 570 1260 x 870 x 570 950 x 1070 x 570 950 x 1070 x 570 1260 x 1070 x 570 950 x 1070 x 670 950 x 1070 x 670 1260 x 1070 x 670

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 630 x 400 630 x 400 800 x 500 800 x 500 800 x 500 1000 x 500 1000 x 500 1000 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600 1000 x 600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

NO. OF SHELVES 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4

TEL: 01446 772614

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 265, 850 300, 575, 850 265, 850 300, 575, 850 335, 610, 885, 1160 265, 850 300, 575, 850 335, 610, 885, 1160 265, 850 300, 575, 850 335, 610, 885, 1160

✓2, 3 & 4 tray models ✓Versatile modular system

• Tubular CNS (chrome nickel steel) • Supplied in KD form for easy on-site assembly • Deep-drawn shelves with all-round rim • Corner protectors and shielded wheels safeguard furniture • 125mm castor wheels with non-marking tyres • 2 braked wheels comply with EuroNorm 1757-3 • 80kg load capacity per shelf WEIGHT (kg) 12 14.5 15 17 22 16 19 25 17 22 28

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

5036 5038 5001 5005 5009 5011 5013 5015 5017 5019 5021

£344.00 £414.00 £304.00 £371.00 £609.00 £412.00 £483.00 £658.00 £422.00 £497.00 £733.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

135 2011


TC136

14/12/10

13:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

2011

All items on this page

All Steel Workshop Carts ✓Welded oil-tight trays suit engineering use

• 2 swivel castors with brake, 2 fixed wheels • Solid rubber tyres with roller bearings • Powder coated in RAL blue 5007 100mm high steel tray with removable grille 4830

4822

2722

416

£

4932

4920

TROLLEY TYPE 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR LATTICE GRILLE, CATCH TRAY, DRAIN TAP

SHELF HEIGHT (mm) 245 - 865 290 - 910 245 - 555 - 865 290 - 600 - 910 245 - 865 290 - 910 245 - 555 - 865 290 - 600 - 910 195 - 890

TRUCK CAPACITY (kg) 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 250

WHEEL DIA (mm) 160 200 160 200 160 200 160 200 125

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 1000 x 600

ORDER REF 4820 4822 4830 4832 4920 4922 4930 4932 2722

PRICE £266.00 £316.00 £330.00 £402.00 £261.00 £311.00 £326.00 £397.00 £416.00

Heavy Duty Carts 500kg

✓500kg truck capacity ✓200kg capacity on shelves above base ✓Resistant to impact and scratches

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

• Durable all steel welded frames • Powder coated finish RAL blue 5007 • Beech grain laminated surfaces • Optional platforms with galvanized steel sheet plating

2442

571

• Two swivel and two fixed wheels

£

• Brakes fitted to swivel castors • 200 x 50mm solid rubber tyres

1278 & 1279 Galvanized Platforms 1000 x 700mm REF 1278 PRICE £60.00 (per shelf) 1200 x 800mm REF 1279 PRICE £73.00 (per shelf)

2402

136

TROLLEY TYPE 2 TIMBER SHELVES 2 TIMBER SHELVES 2 TIMBER SHELVES 3 TIMBER SHELVES 3 TIMBER SHELVES 4 TIMBER SHELVES 4 TIMBER SHELVES

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SHELF HEIGHT (mm) 275 - 905 275 - 905 275 - 905 275 - 590 - 905 275 - 590 - 905 275 - 590 - 905 - 1220 275 - 590 - 905 - 1220

TEL: 01446 772614

TRUCK CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

WHEEL DIA (mm) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

info@storage-design.co.uk

2422

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

ORDER REF 2401 2402 2403 2422 2423 2442 2443

PRICE £292.00 £297.00 £317.00 £450.00 £485.00 £571.00 £614.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC137

17/12/10

11:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Plastic Base Trolleys

✓Manoeuvrable, strong and light ✓120kg - 300kg capacities • Reinforced plastic platforms

• High quality chromium plated metalwork

PLA-150

• Two fixed, two swivel ball bearing castors

£

50

• Polyurethane tyred wheels

150kg CAPACITY

NPLA-T2

79

£

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

SUPERIOR PLASTIC BASED TROLLEYS FOR USE WHERE APPEARANCE OR HYGIENE MATTERS!

NPLA-T3

121

£

TROLLEY TYPE FOLDING SINGLE END TROLLEY TWO SHELF TROLLEY TWO SHELF TROLLEY WITH WIRE RIM THREE SHELF TROLLEY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CAPACITY (kg) 150 300 200 150 200

WHEEL DIA (mm) 100 125 125 100 125

TEL: 01446 772614

OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 730 x 490 x 900 910 x 600 x 880 810 x 500 x 920 790 x 490 x 850 810 x 500 x 920

HANDLE HEIGHT (mm) 900 880 920 850 920

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 10 16 21 14 26

ORDER REF

PRICE

PLA-150 PLA-300 NPLA-T2 NPLA-150-T2-HL* NPLA-T3

£50.00 £65.00 £79.00 £104.00 £121.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

137 2011


TC138

16/12/10

14:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Folding Optiliner

✓400kg capacity

• Tubular steel frame, powder coated finish • Ergonomic hinged grip • Easy pedal operated unlock facility • Derived timber material boards with coloured plastic surface • Overall dimensions 975H x 620W x 975L • Platform size 900L x 600Wmm • Loading height 235mm • 2 swivel, 2 fixed 160mm diameter castors

3601

£273

Folding Optiliner Blue/red Grey/yellow

REF 3301 REF 3302

PRICE £214.00 PRICE £253.00

Optiliner Table Top Cart

✓400kg capacity, 200kg maximum on upper shelf • Tubular steel frame, powder coat finish • Derived timber material boards with coloured plastic surface • Overall dimensions 975H x 600W x 1050L mm • Platform size 900L x 600Wmm • Shelf heights 235mm and 800mm • 2 swivel, 2 fixed 160mm diameter castors

3302

253

£

Safe vertical stacking

Optiliner Table Top Cart Blue/red REF 3601 PRICE £273.00 Grey/yellow REF 3602 PRICE £309.00

Safe horizontal stacking

400kg CAPACITY

ON SELECTED ITEMS

KW1

£166 KW2

£273

Steel Folding Trolleys

Aluminium Folding Trolleys

• Tubular steel frame, powder coat finish • Derived timber platform with beech grain finish

• Tubular aluminium cart with aluminium platform • Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3

✓Robust trolleys for loads 150/250kg

TYPE

138

MINI MAXI

CAPACITY (kg) 150 250

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 720 x 450 900 x 600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CASTORS DIA (MM) 125 160

WEIGHT (KG) 16 25

ORDER REF KW1 KW11

TEL: 01446 772614

✓Lightweight trolleys for 150kg loads

PRICE

TYPE

£166.00 £202.00

MINI MAXI

CAPACITY (kg) 150 150

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 720 x 450 900 x 600

info@storage-design.co.uk

CASTORS DIA (MM) 125 160

WEIGHT (KG) 11 18

ORDER REF KW2 KW12

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £273.00 £357.00

2011


TC139

16/12/10

14:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

FROM

62

£

HANDLE FOLDS FOR EASY STORAGE

Folding Mover Trolleys

✓A sturdy range of steel trolleys suitable to manoeuvre smaller goods, ideal for indoor and outdoor use

• Folds flat for compact storage • Fitted with non-slip rubber platforms and scuff resistant corners • Powder coated steel handles AFT/1

67

CAPACITY (kg) 150 300

£

DIMENSIONS CASTORS H x W x D (mm) DIA (MM) 810 x 470 x 730 100 870 x 608 x 907 125

FOLDED ORDER HEIGHT (mm) REF 230 PFBT150 285 PFBT300

PRICE £62.00 £107.00

Fold / Extend Trolley

✓The real space saver! Folds and extends

• Super lightweight aluminium • Weighs only 8kg • 150kg capacity • 100mm rubber castors • Extends to give a platform 630L x 420Wmm • Folds away to only 500L x 420Wmm REF AFT/1 PRICE £67.00

Tray & Container Trolleys

MTS-T3

MTS-T2

£89

£75

✓150kg capacity

• Generous 740 x 480mm non-slip PVC covered steel platforms • Easy steering on 100mm castors • Chromium plated metalwork • PVC buffers all round

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

TROLLEY TYPE 2-TRAY 3-TRAY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) 880 880

TRAY HEIGHT (mm) 150 - 700 150 - 425 - 700

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 22 27

ORDER REF

PRICE

MTS-T2 MTS-T3

£75.00 £89.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

139 2011


TC140

11/1/11

10:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

ROLL CONTAINERS MATERIALS HANDLING

Regular Demountables

17.968.3

TWO LOAD RETENTION STRAPS ARE SUPPLIED WITH ALL REGULAR MODELS

£128

17.968HG

£164

COMPLETE 17.968.2 + 17.768

112

£

OPTIONAL SHELF Demountable Roll Containers 500kg Capacity • The standard industrial roll container, widely used throughout Europe • Fully demountable for return loads and storage • Assembles quickly when required • Bright zinc electroplated finish • Smooth running nylon castors - 2 fixed & 2 swivel • Wire base cannot harbour dust • Shelves can be added as required • 100mm wide rod mesh sides • Two straps supplied Demountable Roll Containers 500kg Capacity DESCRIPTION AND INTERNAL CASTORS ORDER PRICE OVERALL H x W x D (mm) HT (mm) (mm) REF 2 SIDED UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968.2 £103.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968.3 £128.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968HG £164.00 2 SIDED UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978.2 £105.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978.3 £129.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978HG £168.00 2 SIDED UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988.2 £105.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988.3 £132.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988HG £175.00 SHELF 715 x 800 17.768 £9.00 *4 sided models have easy loading half drop removable gate on one short side

Cage labelling wrap-around pockets, page 107

Jumbo Demountables • Extra large capacity • Euro standard base 1200 x 800mm • Bright zinc electroplated finish • 500kg capacity • 100mm wide rod mesh sides • Use 3-sided with sleeves for mobile storage applications

COMPLETE 17.200.03 +17.39503

183

£

JUMBO SHELF

17.200HG

£186

3 Sided Jumbo • Overall 1800H x 1200W x 800Dmm • Internal height 1630mm • 125mm castors REF 17.200.03 PRICE £158.00 4 Sided Jumbo* REF 17.200HG PRICE £186.00 Jumbo Shelf REF 17.39503 PRICE £25.00

140 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

*4 sided models have easy loading half drop removable gate on one long side

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC141

16/12/10

14:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

ROLL CONTAINERS MATERIALS HANDLING

19.A118

£149

18.978.2

COMPLETE 18.978.3+19-768

£105

£135

OPTIONAL SHELF

Plastic Base Roll Containers

Split Gate Roll Pallet

• Hygienic and quiet • 500kg load • 2 or 3 sided variants • Red plastic base with steel reinforcement • Steel sides are epoxy coated yellow • Side infill 140 x 340mm • 3rd side & shelf are wire formed, zinc plated finish • Shelves are an optional accessory

• Security “A” frame nestable roll pallet • Re-inforced, robust nestable design • Four sided with 50mm mesh infill to sides • Two piece hinged front gate • 2 fixed and 2 swivel 125mm nylon castors • Bright zinc plated finish

MODEL 2-SIDED 3-SIDED SHELF

INTERNAL H x W x D (mm) 1450 x 720 x 815 1450 x 720 x 815 715 x 800

OVERALL WEIGHT CASTOR ORDER REF PRICE HEIGHT (mm) (kg) DIA (mm) 1630 21.5 100 18.978.2 £105.00 1630 24 100 18.978.3 £126.00 2 17-768 £9.00

CAPACITY (kg) 600

BASE SIZE (mm) 735 x 850

OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) 1690

INTERNAL HEIGHT (mm) 1425

ORDER REF 19.A118

PRICE £149.00

COMPLETE 19.A110+19.768

£168 17.470

19.A116

£286

£120

Nestable for compact storage

Nestable Roll Containers

Security Demountables

• 600kg capacity • Space saving A-frame base design • Large 125mm nylon castors • Folds quickly to rest in compact blocks • Internal height 1460mm • Bright zinc electroplated finish Optional Hinged Shelf REF 19.768 PRICE £9.00

• For ‘high risk’ loads • Can be padlocked or security tagged • 500kg capacity • 50 x 50mm mesh walls and top • Demounts for storage, can be stowed ‘4 in 1’

DESCRIPTION 3 SIDED, NESTABLE 4 SIDED, NESTABLE SECURITY ENCLOSED

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1690 x 735 x 850 1690 x 735 x 850 1690 x 735 x 850

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

MESH (mm) 130 x 405 130 x 405 50 x 50

WEIGHT (kg) 50 54 58

ORDER REF 19.A116 19.A116/4 19.A110

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£120.00 £131.00 £159.00

REGULAR SECURITY JUMBO SECURITY

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1840 x 720 x 805 1850 x 1200 x 800

info@storage-design.co.uk

CASTOR DIA (mm) 100 125

ORDER REF

PRICE

17.470 17.480

£286.00 £390.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

141 2011


TC142

16/12/10

14:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PARCEL & BOX CARTS MATERIALS HANDLING

Parcel Carts

8482-1

• Made of tubular and sectional steel, welded and bolted construction • Powder coated blue RAL 5007 • Ends and sides made of wire lattice 100 x 100 x 5mm • Platform made of special wood material boards, beech grain surface • 2 fixed wheels and 2 brake castors, solid rubber tyres, hubs with roller bearings • Integrated bolt lock for doors can be padlocked

8482-3

£343

£457

8582-3

£513

8582-1

£385

DESCRIPTION

PARCEL CARTS WITHOUT DOORS

PARCEL CARTS WITH DOORS

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

WHEEL DIA (mm) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

TOTAL HEIGHT (mm) 1500 1500 1800 1800 1500 1500 1800 1800

ORDER REF

PRICE

8482-1 8483-1 8582-1 8583-1 8482-3 8483-3 8582-3 8583-3

£343.00 £377.00 £385.00 £399.00 £457.00 £503.00 £513.00 £560.00

EXTRA SHELVES REF PRICE E8102ETAW £107.00 E8103ETAW £117.00 E8102ETAW £107.00 E8103ETAW £117.00 E8102ETAW £107.00 E8103ETAW £117.00 E8102ETAW £107.00 E8103ETAW £117.00

Heavy Duty Box Carts 750kg

FROM £

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270

✓Rugged angle steel frames

810

• Open front or with padlockable rod system doors • Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 • 1790mm high overall • 200 x 50mm rubber tyred castors • Platform height 285mm • 4 adjustable wood material shelves • Shelves at 575, 875, 1175, 1475mm SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED • Powder coated RAL blue 5007 IN KD FORM

DESCRIPTION OPEN FRONT LOCKABLE DOORS

142 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 1000 x 680 1200 x 780 1000 x 680 1200 x 780

ORDER REF

PRICE

3392 3393 4392 4393

£810.00 £962.00 £1100.00 £1351.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC143

16/12/10

14:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Boxwell Mobile Shelving

✓Flexible mobile storage ✓Suits work in progress and finished goods ✓Can be sited underneath racking to provide an integrated storage system

• 900mm wide x 600mm deep units for easy gangway access • 1200/1500/1800mm height options • Supplied fully assembled with steel top & base and 75x25mm steel mesh back & sides • 500kg capacity per unit and 100kg per shelf (UDL) • Supplied with two adjustable shelves (steel or ply) – extra shelves available • Two fixed & two swivel castors for easy steer • Units available with or without security doors • Durable powder coated finish – blue (other colours available)

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm)

SHELF MATERIAL

1355 x 900 x 600 1355 x 900 x 600 1655 x 900 x 600 1655 x 900 x 600 1955 x 900 x 600 1955 x 900 x 600

STEEL PLY STEEL PLY STEEL PLY

OPEN FRONT UNIT ORDER REF XW139060MBXX XW139060PBXX XW169060MBXX XW169060PBXX XW199060MBXX XW199060PBXX

PRICE £380.00 £401.00 £402.00 £422.00 £420.00 £440.00

UNIT WITH SECURITY DOORS (FACTORY FITTED) ORDER REF PRICE XD139060MBXX £480.00 XD139060PBXX £500.00 XD169060MBXX £506.00 XD169060PBXX £526.00 XD199060MBXX £532.00 XD199060PBXX £553.00

EXTRA SHELF (STEEL OR PLY TO SUIT UNIT) ORDER REF PRICE XWES9060MBXX £34.70 XWES9060PBXX £42.00 XWES9060MBXX £34.70 XWES9060PBXX £42.00 XWES9060MBXX £34.70 XWES9060PBXX £42.00

Wire Mesh Box Trucks

✓Load is visible at all times ✓Corner mounted wheels offer best

T30

308

£

stability for heavier loads

• Choice of body styles • Light duty 150kg or heavy duty 500kg • 50 x 50mm wire mesh grid • All steel welded frames • Easy steer wheels pivot about centre axis • 200 x 50mm cushion rubber tyres

ON SELECTED ITEMS

LIGHT DUTY 150kg

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

A

LIGHT DUTY 150kg

HEAVY DUTY 500kg

B PIC

CAPACITY

A B C

LIGHT DUTY 150kg LIGHT DUTY 150kg HEAVY DUTY 500kg

D

HEAVY DUTY 500kg

OVERALL SIZE L x W x H (mm) 1251 x 711 x 940 1251 x 711 x 940 1060 x 715 x 1075 1260 x 815 x 1075 1130 x 725 x 1120 1330 x 825 x 1120

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

C INTERNAL SIZE L x W x H (mm) 914 x 660 x 660 914 x 660 x 660 1000 x 700 x 700 1200 x 800 x 700 1000 x 700 x 800 1200 x 800 x 800

TEL: 01446 772614

D

BODY TYPE / FEATURES

WHEEL STYLE

ORDER REF

PRICE

ANGLE FRAME, HALF OPEN SIDE ANGLE FRAME, HALF HINGED SIDE TUBULAR FRAME, HALF HINGED SIDE

EASY STEER EASY STEER 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL

T30 T31 2772 2773 2762 2763

£308.00 £338.00 £475.00 £509.00 £662.00 £705.00

ANGLE FRAME, HALF HINGED SIDE, DOUBLE HINGED LID WITH LOCKABLE EYELETS

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

143 2011


TC144

16/12/10

14:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Double Container Trolleys

✓Light and easily manoeuvred in tight areas

• Universal distribution trolleys, used in most high street stores and many industrial warehouses • Zinc plated frame with smooth running 125mm castors • With grey/light grey open containers or green containers with captive folding lids • Spare containers are always available - please call for prices

Grey Container Model Trolley supplied with 2 containers: 1070H x 510W x 915Dmm Containers 315H x 350W x 570L internal REF T151G PRICE £216.00

Green Container Model COMPLETE

227

£

Trolley supplied with 2 containers: 1000H x 440W x 970Dmm Containers 285H x 335W x 510L internal REF T5101 PRICE £227.00

COMPLETE

216

£

Quality products, British made with long life in mind.

Cargo Truck

UE AL TOP V

• Tubular steel construction, powder coated red • Dimensions as sack truck 1200H x 620W x 550Dmm • Dimensions as platform trolley 930H x 1200W x 550Dmm • 2 x 250mm pneumatic wheels • 2 x 100mm rubber tyred swivel castors

TOP V

✓Load capacity 250kg

2 IN 1 CARGO PLATFORM & SACK TRUCK

LUE

a four wheeled platform trolley

A

✓Easily transforms between a sack truck and

REF CSTPCT PRICE £147.00 CSTPCT

147

£

144 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC145

16/12/10

14:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

250kg Multi Tier Workshop Trolleys ✓Budget priced self assembly trolleys

CS202

£180

MATERIALS HANDLING

• Load capacity 250kg • Easy to manoeuvre • Two & three shelf models • Grey enamel finish • Fitted with push/pull handle for total control • Dimensions 805H x 635W x 1015Lmm • Shelf depth 85mm • 2 swivel and 2 fixed 125mm rubber castors

CS203

£221

Three Tier Workshop Trolley

Two Tier Workshop Trolley

• Shelf heights 150 - 435 - 720mm • Weight 25kg • Supplied in KD form for rapid on-site assembly

• Shelf heights 150 - 720mm • Weight 19kg • Supplied in KD form for rapid on-site assembly

REF CS203 PRICE £221.00

REF CS202 PRICE £180.00 CSTT4S

Mesh Sided Platform Truck

196

£

• Four sided platform truck with drop down sides for carrying items over flat or rough terrain • 250kg capacity • 960H x 625W x 1140Dmm • 150mm high sides • 300mm platform height • Large pneumatic wheels with extra rubber tread • Powder coated green REF CSTT4S PRICE £196.00

CS203B

247

£

CSTTFB

263

£

150kg Two Tier Tool Cart

Mesh Flatbed Platform Truck

• Load capacity 150kg • 2 shelf platform truck ideal for transporting boxes and tools • Mesh shelves will not harbour workshop dirt • Epoxy coated blue finish • 250mm pneumatic tyred steel centre wheels • Dimensions: 825H x 510W x 980Lmm • Lower platform height: 335Hmm • Weight: 30kg • Supplied in KD form

• Designed for transporting heavy loads over even or uneven surfaces • Reinforced mesh steel platform/base • 350kg capacity • 40mm raised edge on platform to prevent goods sliding off • Large pneumatic wheels with extra rubber tread • 990H x 608W x 1365Dmm • 380mm platform height

REF CS203B PRICE £247.00

REF CSTTFB PRICE £263.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

145

2011


TC146

16/12/10

14:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / RETAIL TROLLEYS

Warehouse Trolleys ✓Nesting trolleys, thereby reducing storage space by 75% • Handy and manoeuvrable for quick transports and picking • Tublar steel construction • Platforms conical and slightly inclined, made of wire lattice • Finished in blue RAL 5007 • 4 castor wheels, 2 with wheel locks • Soft, trackless tyres 125 x 32mm, bush bearing hubs

2977

2966

£236

£177

SQUARE UPPER PLATFORM CAN BE FOLDED AWAY, 80KG CAPACITY

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

DESCRIPTION SINGLE PLATFORM DOUBLE PLATFORM

DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 970 x 575 x 980 970 x 575 x 980

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500/320 715 x 455

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 227 227/755

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300

Cash & Carry Trolleys

WEIGHT (kg) 14 21

ORDER REF

PRICE

2966 2977

£177.00 £236.00

FROM

✓Nesting trolleys, thereby reducing storage space by 75%

£272

• Tublar steel construction, powder coated finish • Anti-slip waterproof plywood board platform • 2 castor wheels and 2 fixed wheels, solid rubber tyres • Castors with wheel locks (EN 1757-3) • Upper shelf capacity for double deck trolley 80kg • Long load trolley with 4 lateral frames, 500/680mm high

Clipboard and basket accessories - see page 126

FROM

£315

FROM

£390

MODEL DESCRIPTION SINGLE DECK TROLLEYS

DOUBLE DECK TROLLEYS

146

LONG LOAD TROLLEYS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 265/310 265/310 265/310 265/775 310/820 310/820 265/310 265/310 265/310

TEL: 01446 772614

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 160 200 200 160 200 200

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 400 500 500 400 500 500

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 2960 2961 2962 2970 2971 2972 2980 2981 2982

PRICE £272.00 £292.00 £302.00 £390.00 £446.00 £463.00 £315.00 £336.00 £341.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC147

16/12/10

14:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / RETAIL TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Shopping Trolleys

✓Unbeatable value • • • • •

Robust nestable design 4 swivel 125mm non marking castors Baby seat and corner bumpers as standard Bright zinc plate lacquered finish In a range of sizes CAPACITY (litre) 100 125 150 180 210

OVERALL L x W x H (mm) 740 x 500 x 1000 790 x 550 x 1000 900 x 550 x 1000 1020 x 550 x 1000 1090 x 580 x 1060

ORDER REF ST100 ST125 ST150 ST180 ST210

FROM

PRICE

£90

£90.00 £97.00 £95.00 £112.00 £117.00

T290

£218

BC181

BC500CC

£152

£254

Nesting Cash & Carry Trolley

Panel Trolley

Narrow Aisle Easy Steer Trolley

• Rugged sprung base trolley • Nests for compact multiple storage • Two fixed and two swivel wheels

• Welded tubular, plate and angle steel, blue hammer finish • Easy steering on two cushion tyred roller bearing wheels

• Welded tubular & angle steel, plywood deck • Easy steering on two oversize centre wheels, plus four supporting castors

BC182

BC2004

BC180

£198

£210

£309

Board Trolley & Basket

Board Trolley

Adjustable Board Trolley

• Welded tubular steel, blue hammer finish • 4 swivel rubber tyred plain bearing wheels

• Welded tubular steel • Plywood deck • 4 swivel rubber tyred plain bearing wheels

• Welded steel chassis with two drop-in frames, adjustable to suit a variety of loads • 2 fixed & 2 swivel wheels

DESCRIPTION CASH & CARRY TROLLEY PANEL TROLLEY NARROW AISLE TROLLEY BOARD TROLLEY BOARD TROLLEY BOARD TROLLEY

CAPACITY (kg) 400 100 250 200 200 250

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1346 x 762 x 1067 2134 x 455 x 1022 1724 x 381 x 1067 865 x 485 x 965 865 x 485 x 965 1260 x 706 x 970

TEL: 01446 772614

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 1195 x 585 610 x 220 1525 x 380 1210 x 700

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 280 115 290 156 156 280

WHEEL DIA (mm) 125 200 200 / 125 125 125 200

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 21 21 29 15 15 39

ORDER REF T290 BC181 BC500CC BC182 BC2004 BC180

PRICE £218.00 £152.00 £254.00 £198.00 £210.00 £309.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

147 2011


TC148

16/12/10

14:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Faircart Trolleys • Complies with Euronorm 1757-3 (safety of platform trolleys) • Capacities up to 300kg • Tubular and profile welded steel • Powder coated blue RAL 5007 resistant to impact and scratches • Platform made of derived timber material boards, surface beech grain • 2 braked swivel castors and 2 fixed wheels • Cushion rubber tyres • 2 year quality guarantee Specification WHEEL DIA (kg) 125 x 38 150 x 40

17010 17000

£170

£149

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 200 230

CAPACITY (kg) 200 300

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

MODEL OPEN CART MESH END CART

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 987 x 511 x 1033 1137 x 611 x 1033 987 x 511 x 1033 1137 x 611 x 1033

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200

WHEEL DIA 125mm ORDER REF 17000 17001 17010 17011

PRICE £149.00 £165.00 £170.00 £177.00

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300 300 300

WHEEL DIA 150mm ORDER REF 17000/17900 17001/17900 17010/17900 17011/17900

PRICE £169.00 £185.00 £190.00 £197.00

17040

£277 17030

17020

£246

£207

MODEL DOUBLE END CART THREE SIDED CART BOX CART

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1060 x 511 x 1033 1210 x 611 x 1033 1060 x 512 x 1033 1210 x 612 x 1033 1060 x 513 x 1033 1210 x 613 x 1033

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200 200 200

WHEEL DIA 125mm ORDER REF 17020 17021 17030 17031 17040 17041

PRICE £207.00 £216.00 £246.00 £256.00 £277.00 £293.00

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300 300 300 300 300

WHEEL DIA 150mm ORDER REF 17020/17900 17021/17900 17030/17900 17031/17900 17040/17900 17041/17900

PRICE £227.00 £236.00 £266.00 £276.00 £297.00 £313.00

17070

£311

17060

17050

£256

£192

MODEL TWO SHELF TROLLEY THREE SHELF TROLLEY

148

FOUR SHELF TROLLEY

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1060 x 511 x 1033 1210 x 611 x 1033 916 x 511 x 1000 1066 x 611 x 1000 916 x 511 x 1500 1066 x 611 x 1500

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600

TEL: 01446 772614

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200 200 200

WHEEL DIA 125mm ORDER REF 17050 17051 17060 17061 17070 17071

PRICE £192.00 £224.00 £256.00 £277.00 £311.00 £348.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300 300 300 300 300

WHEEL DIA 150mm ORDER REF 17050/17900 17051/17900 17060/17900 17061/17900 17070/17900 17071/17900

PRICE £212.00 £244.00 £276.00 £297.00 £331.00 £368.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC149

16/12/10

14:12

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING MATERIALS HANDLING

Micro Personnel Lifters

✓Meets working at height legislation obligations ✓Compact and manoeuvrable access platforms

✓Designed for internal applications in public access areas such as shops, hospitals, education or leisure facilities

• Fast and accurate elevation • Fits easily through a standard door • Clear sight line when transporting • Volkallan non-marking wheels • Auto-closing entry gates • Inertia belt descent • Non-slip platform surface • Spirit level • Key switched controls and power pack • Overload protection • CE marked • IP65 deadman operated controls • Safety cage with top rail, mid bar & kick plates • Emergency lowering • Auto-cut-off charger unit • EN1757.1 loading compliance • EN280 compliant where applicable Familiarisation Training REF TZIPFT PRICE £128.00 Internal applications - for use with zero wind speed and zero incline / decline

T-ZIP MICRO

T-ZIP MICROLITE, DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY FOR CEILING PANEL ACCESS

TZIPM

6878

£

TZIPML

7834

£

T-Zip Micro SPECIFICATION MAX PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX WORKING HEIGHT LIFT TIME LIFTING CAPACITY SELF WEIGHT PLATFORM SIZE OVERALL SIZE HANDRAIL HEIGHT POWER WHEELS ORDER REF PRICE

T-Zip MicroXL

1320mm 3320mm 20 seconds 120kg (man + tools) 118kg 600 x 600mm 980 x 600mm 1100mm 2 x sealed 12vDC batteries 2 x fixed, 2 x swivel / braked TZIPM £6878.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SPECIFICATION MAX PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX WORKING HEIGHT LIFT TIME LIFTING CAPACITY SELF WEIGHT PLATFORM SIZE OVERALL SIZE HANDRAIL HEIGHT POWER WHEELS ORDER REF PRICE

TEL: 01446 772614

1620mm 3620mm 24 seconds 120kg (man + tools) 132kg 600 x 600mm 980 x 740mm 1100mm 2 x sealed 12vDC batteries 2 x fixed, 2 x swivel / braked TZIPMXL £7588.00

T-Zip MicroLite SPECIFICATION MAX PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX WORKING HEIGHT LIFT TIME LIFTING CAPACITY SELF WEIGHT PLATFORM SIZE OVERALL SIZE HANDRAIL HEIGHT POWER WHEELS ORDER REF PRICE

info@storage-design.co.uk

2000mm 4000mm 24 seconds 120kg (man + tools) 132kg 480 x 480mm 980 x 740mm 1000mm 2 x sealed 12vDC batteries 2 x fixed, 2 x swivel / braked TZIPML £7834.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

149

2011


TC150

16/12/10

14:14

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

STAIRCLIMBER TRUCKS / POWERED

Powered Stairclimbers & Mobile Tail Lift

✓PowerMate moves heavy and awkward loads on and off vehicles and up and down steps and stairs with maximum speed, safety and professionalism

FROM £

2275

Models Pogo, L, M, & LE • Capacities up to 680kg • 7 flights of 12 tread stairs per battery • Safety braking system as standard • Certificated training included • Operates on tight landings • One-man operation reduced manpower • Minimises physical effort, premises & product damage • In transit charging kit • Delivers to installation point

150

Full range of accessories available for stairclimbers Call us now for details

SPECIFICATIONS

POGOP-2

MODEL L-1

MODEL M-1

MODEL M-2B

MODEL LE-1

MAXIMUM CAPACITY (kg) MAXIMUM HEIGHT DECK/DOCK (mm) MAXIMUM ELEVATION (mm) OVERALL W x D x H (mm) WEIGHT (kg) TOE PLATE (mm) WHEELS 200MM DIA RUBBER FELTED STRAP BAR INCL 3M STRAP LOAD HOLD CLUTCH ONE WAY WHEEL BRAKES FOLD DOWN DOLLY GEL FILLED LEAK PROOF BATTERY ELECTRONIC CHARGER TRUCK CONSTRUCTION ORDER REF PRICE

100 1220 790 550 x 560 x 1220 31 375 x 175 PNEUMATIC 1 (2mm) ✓ SWING WHEEL BRAKES 12V - 20AMP SINGLE PHASE ALUMINIUM/STEEL POGOP-2 £2275.00

295 840 610 x 420 x 1520 45 610 x 100 SOLID 1 ✓ OPTIONAL EXTRA 12V - 20AMP 220/240V - 4AMP ALUMINIUM L-1 £2568.00

680 840 685 x 430 x 1520 75 610 x 150 SOLID 2 ✓ OPTIONAL EXTRA ✓ 12V - 30AMP 220/240V - 4AMP STEEL M-1 £3042.00

680 840 685 x 430 x 1730 82 685 x 150 SOLID 2 ✓ OPTIONAL EXTRA ✓ 12V - 30AMP 220/240V - 4AMP STEEL M-2B £3216.00

318 1010/840 610 x 540 x 1520 92 610 x 150 SOLID 2 ✓ ✓ 12V - 30AMP 220/240V - 7AMP ALUMINIUM L-E1 £3856.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC151

16/12/10

14:14

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STAIRCLIMBER TRUCKS / POWERED

Lightweight Powered Stairclimber & Mobile Tail Lift

A full range of accessories is available for our stairclimbers. Call us now!

MATERIALS HANDLING

✓Stanley SC and Sprinter lightweight stairclimbers - quick, quiet and compact ✓Ideal for office environments and highly portable - fits into an estate car

FROM

2902

£

FROM

3058

£

SPRINTER

✓Capacities up to 140kg ✓2 speed operation: 35-48 steps per minute ✓Weighs only 16kg ✓Certificated training included

SC SERIES ✓Capacities up to 310kg ✓8-18 steps per minute ✓Push button control ✓Certificated training included

• Hinged folding toe plate for easy storage • Push button control • Large pneumatic tyres for all surfaces

• Folded frame height 1100mm • Extendible handle for tall loads • Pneumatic tyres – smooth movement on all surfaces

SC SERIES

&

SPRINTER

STANLEY STAIRCLIMBER

SC/190

SC/310

SPRINTER

SPRINTER

MAXIMUM CAPACITY (kg) FOLDED FRAME HEIGHT (mm) OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) OVERALL WIDTH (mm) WEIGHT INC. BATTERY (kg) BATTERY CAPACITY - STEPS MAXIMUM STEP HEIGHT (mm) TOE SIZE (mm) STRAP WITH BUCKLE (mm) 3-WAY BRAKING SYSTEM TWO STEP CHARGER PNEUMATIC TYRES ORDER REF PRICE

190 1100 1500 520 37.5 300 210 415 x 196 3000 ✓ 260 x 85 SC/190 £2902.00

310 1100 1630 520 40.5 180 210 415 x 196 3000 ✓ ✓ 260 x 85 SC/310 £3562.00

110 1000 1580 485 16 270 210 275 x 236 2500 ✓ 260 x 85 110FOLD £3058.00

140 1000 1580 485 16 220 210 275 x 236 2500 ✓ 260 x 85 140FOLD £3198.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

151 2011


TC152

16/12/10

14:15

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Four Wheeled Trucks

✓150kg Capacity ✓Compact and manoeuvrable • Flat platform and box body designs • Platform 990L x 533Wmm optional 125mm high body • 200mm rubber tyred wheels

T88

150

£

Flat Platform Model REF T88 PRICE £150.00 Box Body Type REF T88/5 PRICE £152.00

T88/5

152

£

GT42D

181

£

Loading Trolley

✓Excellent general purpose warehouse trolley, strong enough for regular retail use

✓Capacity 250kg

• Tongued and grooved timber deck • Platform 1067L x 610Wmm • 200/125mm rubber tyred castors REF GT42D PRICE £181.00

T91

264

Heavy Duty Balanced Platform Trolleys

£

✓Ruggedly constructed for 400kg capacity ✓Run easily and safely on uneven terrain ✓Perfectly balanced on central axle to turn within their own length

• Selected 25mm tongued and grooved timber deck and end panels • 400mm 4-ply pneumatic tyred wheels on roller bearings • Optional removable sides 200mm high • Steerable from both ends • Welded steel frames Heavy Duty Balanced Platform Trolleys

152

PLATFORM L x W (mm)

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm)

O/A LENGTH (mm)

END PANEL HEIGHT (mm)

REF

1220 x 686 1524 x 762 1829 x 914

457 457 457

1676 1982 2286

203 203 203

T91 T91A T91B

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

PLATFORM + ENDS PRICE

£264.00 £303.00 £353.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

WITH REMOVABLE SIDES REF PRICE

T92 T92A T92B

£339.00 £387.00 £449.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


16/12/10

14:15

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Special Value Platform Trucks

✓Immense 500, 750 & 1000kg capacities for intensive industrial use

LUE

• Steering by U-shaped drawbar

UE AL TOP V

• Available as a single platform, fixed ends with slide in sides or fixed ends with hinged sides

TOP V

• Two platform sizes

• All-steel welded construction, with selected tongued and grooved 25mm timber

A

TC153

• 400mm diameter pneumatic tyres fitted to roller bearing wheels cope with the roughest terrain • Optional parking brake REF PB PRICE £85.00 OPTIONAL T-HANDLE STEERING

FROM

£418

FLAT PLATFORM

QUALITY TONGUED AND GROOVED 25MM TIMBER

FROM

FROM

£531

£576

FIXED ENDS & SLIDE IN SIDES

FIXED ENDS & HINGED SIDES

HEAVY DUTY PNEUMATIC TYRES FOR ALL TERRAINS

Platform Trucks DESCRIPTION

FLAT PLATFORM

FIXED ENDS & SLIDE IN SIDES

FIXED ENDS & HINGED SIDES

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 750 750 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 750 750 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 750 750

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762

TEL: 01446 772614

TYRE TYPE PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID

HANDLE TYPE PRAM PRAM PRAM PRAM T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE PRAM PRAM PRAM PRAM T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE PRAM PRAM PRAM PRAM T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF T109PQPR T110PQPR T109PQCR T110PQCR T111TQPR T112TQPR T111TQCR T112TQCR T109ESPQPR T110ESPQPR T109ESPQCR T110ESPQCR T111ESTQPR T112ESTQPR T111ESTQCR T112ESTQCR T109HSPQPR T110HSPQPR T109HSPQCR T110HSPQCR T111HSTQPR T112HSTQPR T111HSTQCR T112HSTQCR

PRICE £418.00 £449.00 £477.00 £510.00 £505.00 £620.00 £567.00 £626.00 £531.00 £562.00 £592.00 £623.00 £609.00 £677.00 £669.00 £738.00 £576.00 £608.00 £637.00 £669.00 £659.00 £727.00 £720.00 £788.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

153 2011


TC154

16/12/10

14:16

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

500kg Turntable Trucks

✓The ideal industrial work horse • 1600 x 710mm platform • 515mm platform height • Precision turntable steering • Roller bearing wheels

500kg CAPACITY

Pneumatic tyres 400 x 100mm REF T511P PRICE £346.00

T511P

Cushion rubber tyres 400 x 100mm REF T511C PRICE £423.00

346

£

Hand Carts • Tubular steel construction • Quality powder coating • 250mm high rail • Water resistant plywood platform • Wheels with pneumatic tyres • Automatic non-slip parking brake

41.03

£230 41.22

£535

41.07

£274

Hand Carts MODEL TYPE HAND CARTS 2 WHEELS, T-BAR HANDLE HAND CARTS WITH 4 SIDES 2 WHEELS, T-BAR HANDLE

154

HAND CARTS WITH 4 SIDES 4 WHEELS, SAFETY LOOP HANDLE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 795 x 445 845 x 545 1145 x 545 795 x 445 845 x 545 1145 x 545 945 x 545 1145 x 645

TEL: 01446 772614

TOTAL WIDTH (mm) 680 830 830 680 830 830 600 700

CAPACITY (kg) 200 400 400 200 400 400 400 400

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 260 400 400 260 400 400 260 260

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 41.03 41.04 41.05 41.07 41.08 41.09 41.22 41.24

PRICE £230.00 £308.00 £333.00 £274.00 £344.00 £396.00 £535.00 £568.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC155

16/12/10

14:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Heavy Duty Hand Trucks

700kg TO 1250kg

comply with Euro Norm 1757-3

✓Modular system allows addition of sides and ends as required

CAPACITIES

• Fully welded steel construction • Impact resistant powder coat finish in RAL blue 5007 • Tubular corner sleeves retain side and end panels • Anti-slip waterproof plywood platform • Crown gear steering • Safety loop handles with drop safety device • Cushion rubber or pneumatic tyred wheel options

BRAKING SYSTEM Automatic braking occurs whenever shaft sinks or rises, with an anti-slip mechanism

MATERIALS HANDLING

✓Professional quality trucks which

FROM

729

£

Quality powder coat finish on shotblasted steelwork

Platform Hand Trucks PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 800 1600 x 900 2000 x 1000

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 410 480 480 480

CAPACITY (kg) 700 1000 1000 1250

SIZE 250 x 60 400 x 80 400 x 80 400 x 80

RUBBER CUSHIONED TYRES REF PRICE 1401 £729.00 1422 £870.00 1404 £980.00 1406 £1099.00

SIZE 260 x 85 400 x 100 400 x 100 400 x 100

PNEUMATIC TYRES REF PRICE 1402 £745.00 1403 £812.00 1405 £924.00 1407 £1043.00

FROM

1141

£ Traction Eye (fitted) REF 1441/E PRICE £32.00

Coupling (fitted) REF 1442/C PRICE £72.00

4-Sided Hand Trucks PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 800 1600 x 900 2000 x 1000

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 410 480 480 480

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CAPACITY (kg) 700 1000 1000 1250

TEL: 01446 772614

RUBBER CUSHIONED TYRES SIZE REF PRICE 250 x 60 1408 £1141.00 400 x 80 1423 £1282.00 400 x 80 1411 £1418.00 400 x 80 1413 £1598.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

SIZE 260 x 85 400 x 100 400 x 100 400 x 100

PNEUMATIC TYRES REF 1409 1410 1412 1414

PRICE £1157.00 £1159.00 £1363.00 £1542.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

155 2011


TC156

16/12/10

14:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

SACK TRUCKS / SPECIAL PURPOSE TRUCKS

Appliance Trucks

✓Rugged trucks for heavy or bulky loads ✓Stairclimbers and carrier spar options • Widely spaced handles for best control • Rubber padded frame will not scratch load • 450 x 150mm footplate with non-slip cover GK2

11042

246

272

£

Carrier Spar (for two-man use on stairs) REF 1053 PRICE £35.00

£

350kg capacity Overall 1150H x 650Wmm 260 x 85mm pneumatic tyres REF GK2 PRICE £246.00

350kg capacity Overall 1425H x 650Wmm 260 x 85mm pneumatic tyres REF 11042 PRICE £272.00

Heavy Duty Chair Carrier

✓Suits most types of stacking chairs ✓Robustly made for 300kg carrying capacity

BC142

• Variable lifting arm height, 70kg capacity • Powder coated tubular steel • Weight 16kg • 260 x 85mm all terrain pneumatic tyres on roller bearings • 1300H x 580Wmm, arms 500L x 250Wmm

£151

B1335L

185

£

REF B1335L PRICE £185.00

When not in use as a chair carrier, the arms fold down to allow use for other purposes, 300kg capacity

Economy Chair Carrier

✓Simple low-cost design

✓Suits chairs with protruding rear feet

156

• Capacity 200kg • Weight 12kg • 560W x 150Dmm foot well • 200 x 50mm cushion rubber roller bearing wheels • 1150H x 560Wmm overall REF BC142 PRICE £151.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC157

16/12/10

14:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STAIRCLIMBER TRUCKS MATERIALS HANDLING

Folding Toe Stairclimber

✓The all purpose on-van delivery truck • Star wheels ‘walk’ from step to step • Folds compactly for transit • Capacity 180kg • Weight 19kg • 150 x 40mm rubber plain bearing wheels • Footplate 350W x 410Lmm • Overall 1143H x 555Wmm REF BC386 PRICE £199.00

BC386

BC152

199

170

£

£

Heavy Duty Stairclimber

✓For safe handling of goods up and down stairs or kerbs • 300kg capacity • Weight 21kg • Twin star-wheel assemblies "walk" from step to step • 475W x 170Dmm foot • 160 x 45mm star-wheels • Overall 1425H x 480W x 530Dmm REF BC152 PRICE £170.00

TK1325

£233

£328

£297

Steel Stairclimber

✓An ideal general purpose stairway truck • 200kg capacity • Safety handles • Sturdy welded construction • 2 three-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with three 160x40mm solid rubber tyres • Footplate 320W x 250Lmm • Overall 1300H x 590Wmm REF TK1325 PRICE £233.00

Aluminium Stairclimber

Combi Stairclimber & Sack Truck

✓2-in-1 design

Lightweight, strong and very easy to handle • 200kg capacity • Safety handles • Braced aluminum frame • 2 three-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with three 160x40mm solid rubber tyres • Footplate 320W x 250Lmm • Overall 1300H x 590Wmm REF AK1325 PRICE £297.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TK1327

AK1325

TEL: 01446 772614

✓Large wheels allow use as regular sack truck

• 200kg capacity • Safety handles • Pneumatic tyres 260 x 85mm, roller bearings • 2 five-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with 5 solid rubber tyres 125mm dia. • Footplate 320W x 250Lmm • Overall 1300H x 590Wmm

info@storage-design.co.uk

REF TK1327 PRICE £328.00 www.storage-design.co.uk

157

2011


TC158

16/12/10

14:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SACK TRUCKS MATERIALS HANDLING

Economy Sack Truck

✓Big on performance, low on price • 305W x 190Dmm foot • 165 x 50mm rubber plain bore wheels • 1000H x 450Wmm overall • Weight 11.5kg • 150kg capacity

Heavy Duty Sack Truck